[Congressional Bills 106th Congress]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]
[H.R. 4365 Enrolled Bill (ENR)]

        H.R.4365

                       One Hundred Sixth Congress

                                 of the

                        United States of America


                          AT THE SECOND SESSION

           Begun and held at the City of Washington on Monday,
             the twenty-fourth day of January, two thousand


                                 An Act


 
   To amend the Public Health Service Act with respect to children's 
                                 health.

    Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the 
United States of America in Congress assembled,

SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.

    This Act may be cited as the ``Children's Health Act of 2000''.

SEC. 2. TABLE OF CONTENTS.

    The table of contents for this Act is as follows:

Sec.1.Short title.
Sec.2.Table of contents.

                      DIVISION A--CHILDREN'S HEALTH

                             TITLE I--AUTISM

Sec.101.Expansion, intensification, and coordination of activities of 
          National Institutes of Health with respect to research on 
          autism.
Sec.102.Developmental disabilities surveillance and research programs.
Sec.103.Information and education.
Sec.104.Inter-agency Autism Coordinating Committee.
Sec.105.Report to Congress.

         TITLE II--RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT REGARDING FRAGILE X

Sec.201.National Institute of Child Health and Human Development; 
          research on fragile X.

          TITLE III--JUVENILE ARTHRITIS AND RELATED CONDITIONS

Sec.301.National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin 
          Diseases; 
          research on juvenile arthritis and related conditions.
Sec.302.Information clearinghouse.

     TITLE IV--REDUCING BURDEN OF DIABETES AMONG CHILDREN AND YOUTH

Sec.401.Programs of Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
Sec.402.Programs of National Institutes of Health.

                  TITLE V--ASTHMA SERVICES FOR CHILDREN

                       Subtitle A--Asthma Services

Sec.501.Grants for children's asthma relief.
Sec.502.Technical and conforming amendments.

                    Subtitle B--Prevention Activities

Sec.511.Preventive health and health services block grant; systems for 
          reducing asthma-related illnesses through integrated pest 
          management.

             Subtitle C--Coordination of Federal Activities

Sec.521.Coordination through National Institutes of Health.

                     Subtitle D--Compilation of Data

Sec.531.Compilation of data by Centers for Disease Control and 
          Prevention.

              TITLE VI--BIRTH DEFECTS PREVENTION ACTIVITIES

                    Subtitle A--Folic Acid Promotion

Sec.601.Program regarding effects of folic acid in prevention of birth 
          defects.

     Subtitle B--National Center on Birth Defects and Developmental 
                              Disabilities

Sec.611.National Center on Birth Defects and Developmental Disabilities.

 TITLE VII--EARLY DETECTION, DIAGNOSIS, AND TREATMENT REGARDING HEARING 
                             LOSS IN INFANTS

Sec.701.Purposes.
Sec.702.Programs of Health Resources and Services Administration, 
          Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and National 
          Institutes of Health.

                    TITLE VIII--CHILDREN AND EPILEPSY

Sec.801.National public health campaign on epilepsy; seizure disorder 
          demonstration projects in medically underserved areas.

           TITLE IX--SAFE MOTHERHOOD; INFANT HEALTH PROMOTION

             Subtitle A--Safe Motherhood Prevention Research

Sec.901.Prevention research and other activities.

         Subtitle B--Pregnant Women and Infants Health Promotion

Sec.911.Programs regarding prenatal and postnatal health.

                 TITLE X--PEDIATRIC RESEARCH INITIATIVE

Sec.1001.Establishment of pediatric research initiative.
Sec.1002.Investment in tomorrow's pediatric researchers.
Sec.1003.Review of regulations.
Sec.1004.Long-term child development study.

                    TITLE XI--CHILDHOOD MALIGNANCIES

Sec.1101.Programs of Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and 
          National Institutes of Health.

                      TITLE XII--ADOPTION AWARENESS

                  Subtitle A--Infant Adoption Awareness

Sec.1201.Grants regarding infant adoption awareness.

              Subtitle B--Special Needs Adoption Awareness

Sec.1211.Special needs adoption programs; public awareness campaign and 
          other activities.

                   TITLE XIII--TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJURY

Sec.1301.Programs of Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
Sec.1302.Study and monitor incidence and prevalence.
Sec.1303.Programs of National Institutes of Health.
Sec.1304.Programs of Health Resources and Services Administration.
Sec.1305.State grants for protection and advocacy services.
Sec.1306.Authorization of appropriations for certain programs.

             TITLE XIV--CHILD CARE SAFETY AND HEALTH GRANTS

Sec.1401.Definitions.
Sec.1402.Authorization of appropriations.
Sec.1403.Programs.
Sec.1404.Amounts reserved; allotments.
Sec.1405.State applications.
Sec.1406.Use of funds.
Sec.1407.Reports.

                   TITLE XV--HEALTHY START INITIATIVE

Sec.1501.Continuation of healthy start program.

         TITLE XVI--ORAL HEALTH PROMOTION AND DISEASE PREVENTION

Sec.1601.Identification of interventions that reduce the burden and 
          transmission of oral, dental, and craniofacial diseases in 
          high risk populations; development of approaches for pediatric 
          oral and craniofacial assessment.
Sec.1602.Oral health promotion and disease prevention.
Sec.1603.Coordinated program to improve pediatric oral health.

                  TITLE XVII--VACCINE-RELATED PROGRAMS

                Subtitle A--Vaccine Compensation Program

Sec.1701.Content of petitions.

                   Subtitle B--Childhood Immunizations

Sec.1711.Childhood immunizations.

                        TITLE XVIII--HEPATITIS C

Sec.1801.Surveillance and education regarding hepatitis C.

            TITLE XIX--NIH INITIATIVE ON AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES

Sec.1901.Autoimmune diseases; initiative through Director of National 
          Institutes of Health.

  TITLE XX--GRADUATE MEDICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS IN CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS

Sec.2001.Provisions to revise and extend program.

  TITLE XXI--SPECIAL NEEDS OF CHILDREN REGARDING ORGAN TRANSPLANTATION

Sec.2101.Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network; amendments 
          regarding needs of children.

                 TITLE XXII--MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY RESEARCH

Sec.2201.Muscular dystrophy research.

          TITLE XXIII--CHILDREN AND TOURETTE SYNDROME AWARENESS

Sec.2301.Grants regarding Tourette Syndrome.

                TITLE XXIV--CHILDHOOD OBESITY PREVENTION

Sec.2401.Programs operated through the Centers for Disease Control and 
          Prevention.

   TITLE XXV--EARLY DETECTION AND TREATMENT REGARDING CHILDHOOD LEAD 
                                POISONING

Sec.2501.Centers for Disease Control and Prevention efforts to combat 
          childhood lead poisoning.
Sec.2502.Grants for lead poisoning related activities.
Sec.2503.Training and reports by the Health Resources and Services 
          Administration.
Sec.2504.Screenings, referrals, and education regarding lead poisoning.

              TITLE XXVI--SCREENING FOR HERITABLE DISORDERS

Sec.2601.Program to improve the ability of States to provide newborn and 
          child screening for heritable disorders.

               TITLE XXVII--PEDIATRIC RESEARCH PROTECTIONS

Sec.2701.Requirement for additional protections for children involved in 
          research.

                 TITLE XXVIII--MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Sec.2801.Report regarding research on rare diseases in children.
Sec.2802.Study on metabolic disorders.

                       TITLE XXIX--EFFECTIVE DATE

Sec.2901.Effective date.

            DIVISION B--YOUTH DRUG AND MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES

Sec.3001.Short title.

TITLE XXXI--PROVISIONS RELATING TO SERVICES FOR CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS

Sec.3101.Children and violence.
Sec.3102.Emergency response.
Sec.3103.High risk youth reauthorization.
Sec.3104.Substance abuse treatment services for children and 
          adolescents.
Sec.3105.Comprehensive community services for children with serious 
          emotional disturbance.
Sec.3106.Services for children of substance abusers.
Sec.3107.Services for youth offenders.
Sec.3108.Grants for strengthening families through community 
          partnerships.
Sec.3109.Programs to reduce underage drinking.
Sec.3110.Services for individuals with fetal alcohol syndrome.
Sec.3111.Suicide prevention.
Sec.3112.General provisions.

            TITLE XXXII--PROVISIONS RELATING TO MENTAL HEALTH

Sec.3201.Priority mental health needs of regional and national 
          significance.
Sec.3202.Grants for the benefit of homeless individuals.
Sec.3203.Projects for assistance in transition from homelessness.
Sec.3204.Community mental health services performance partnership block 
          grant.
Sec.3205.Determination of allotment.
Sec.3206.Protection and Advocacy for Mentally Ill Individuals Act of 
          1986.
Sec.3207.Requirement relating to the rights of residents of certain 
          facilities.
Sec.3208.Requirement relating to the rights of residents of certain non-
          medical, community-based facilities for children and youth.
Sec.3209.Emergency mental health centers.
Sec.3210.Grants for jail diversion programs.
Sec.3211.Improving outcomes for children and adolescents through 
          services integration between child welfare and mental health 
          services.
Sec.3212.Grants for the integrated treatment of serious mental illness 
          and 
          co-occurring substance abuse.
Sec.3213.Training grants.

          TITLE XXXIII--PROVISIONS RELATING TO SUBSTANCE ABUSE

Sec.3301.Priority substance abuse treatment needs of regional and 
          national 
          significance.
Sec.3302.Priority substance abuse prevention needs of regional and 
          national 
          significance.
Sec.3303.Substance abuse prevention and treatment performance 
          partnership block grant.
Sec.3304.Determination of allotments.
Sec.3305.Nondiscrimination and institutional safeguards for religious 
          providers.
Sec.3306.Alcohol and drug prevention or treatment services for Indians 
          and 
          Native Alaskans.
Sec.3307.Establishment of commission.

   TITLE XXXIV--PROVISIONS RELATING TO FLEXIBILITY AND ACCOUNTABILITY

Sec.3401.General authorities and peer review.
Sec.3402.Advisory councils.
Sec.3403.General provisions for the performance partnership block 
          grants.
Sec.3404.Data infrastructure projects.
Sec.3405.Repeal of obsolete addict referral provisions.
Sec.3406.Individuals with co-occurring disorders.
Sec.3407.Services for individuals with co-occurring disorders.

 TITLE XXXV--WAIVER AUTHORITY FOR PHYSICIANS WHO DISPENSE OR PRESCRIBE 
                 CERTAIN NARCOTIC DRUGS FOR MAINTENANCE 
                  TREATMENT OR DETOXIFICATION TREATMENT

Sec.3501.Short title.
Sec.3502.Amendment to Controlled Substances Act.

      TITLE XXXVI--METHAMPHETAMINE AND OTHER CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES

Sec.3601.Short title.

     Subtitle A--Methamphetamine Production, Trafficking, and Abuse

                       Part I--Criminal Penalties

Sec.3611.Enhanced punishment of amphetamine laboratory operators.
Sec.3612.Enhanced punishment of amphetamine or methamphetamine 
          laboratory operators.
Sec.3613.Mandatory restitution for violations of Controlled Substances 
          Act and Controlled Substances Import and Export Act relating 
          to amphetamine and methamphetamine.
Sec.3614.Methamphetamine paraphernalia.

                    Part II--Enhanced Law Enforcement

Sec.3621.Environmental hazards associated with illegal manufacture of 
          amphetamine and methamphetamine.
Sec.3622.Reduction in retail sales transaction threshold for non-safe 
          harbor 
          products containing pseudoephedrine or phenylpropanolamine.
Sec.3623.Training for Drug Enforcement Administration and State and 
          local law enforcement personnel relating to clandestine 
          laboratories.
Sec.3624.Combating methamphetamine and amphetamine in high intensity 
          drug trafficking areas.
Sec.3625.Combating amphetamine and methamphetamine manufacturing and 
          trafficking.

                Part III--Abuse Prevention and Treatment

Sec.3631.Expansion of methamphetamine research.
Sec.3632.Methamphetamine and amphetamine treatment initiative by Center 
          for Substance Abuse Treatment.
Sec.3633.Study of methamphetamine treatment.

                            Part IV--Reports

Sec.3641.Reports on consumption of methamphetamine and other illicit 
          drugs in rural areas, metropolitan areas, and consolidated 
          metropolitan areas.
Sec.3642.Report on diversion of ordinary, over-the-counter 
          pseudoephedrine and phenylpropanolamine products.

               Subtitle B--Controlled Substances Generally

Sec.3651.Enhanced punishment for trafficking in list I chemicals.
Sec.3652.Mail order requirements.
Sec.3653.Theft and transportation of anhydrous ammonia for purposes of 
          illicit production of controlled substances.

           Subtitle C--Ecstasy Anti-Proliferation Act of 2000

Sec.3661.Short title.
Sec.3662.Findings.
Sec.3663.Enhanced punishment of Ecstasy traffickers.
Sec.3664.Emergency authority to United States Sentencing Commission.
Sec.3665.Expansion of Ecstasy and club drugs abuse prevention efforts.

                        Subtitle D--Miscellaneous

Sec.3671.Antidrug messages on Federal Government Internet websites.
Sec.3672.Reimbursement by Drug Enforcement Administration of expenses 
          incurred to remediate methamphetamine laboratories.
Sec.3673.Severability.

                     DIVISION A--CHILDREN'S HEALTH
                            TITLE I--AUTISM

SEC. 101. EXPANSION, INTENSIFICATION, AND COORDINATION OF ACTIVITIES OF 
              NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH WITH RESPECT TO RESEARCH ON 
              AUTISM.

    Part B of title IV of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 284 
et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following section:


     ``expansion, intensification, and coordination of activities of 
    national institutes of health with respect to research on autism

    ``Sec. 409C. (a) In General.--
        ``(1) Expansion of activities.--The Director of NIH (in this 
    section referred to as the `Director') shall expand, intensify, and 
    coordinate the activities of the National Institutes of Health with 
    respect to research on autism.
        ``(2) Administration of program; collaboration among 
    agencies.--The Director shall carry out this section acting through 
    the Director of the National Institute of Mental Health and in 
    collaboration with any other agencies that the Director determines 
    appropriate.
    ``(b) Centers of Excellence.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Director shall under subsection (a)(1) 
    make awards of grants and contracts to public or nonprofit private 
    entities to pay all or part of the cost of planning, establishing, 
    improving, and providing basic operating support for centers of 
    excellence regarding research on autism.
        ``(2) Research.--Each center under paragraph (1) shall conduct 
    basic and clinical research into autism. Such research should 
    include investigations into the cause, diagnosis, early detection, 
    prevention, control, and treatment of autism. The centers, as a 
    group, shall conduct research including the fields of developmental 
    neurobiology, genetics, and psychopharmacology.
        ``(3) Services for patients.--
            ``(A) In general.--A center under paragraph (1) may expend 
        amounts provided under such paragraph to carry out a program to 
        make individuals aware of opportunities to participate as 
        subjects in research conducted by the centers.
            ``(B) Referrals and costs.--A program under subparagraph 
        (A) may, in accordance with such criteria as the Director may 
        establish, provide to the subjects described in such 
        subparagraph, referrals for health and other services, and such 
        patient care costs as are required for research.
            ``(C) Availability and access.--The extent to which a 
        center can demonstrate availability and access to clinical 
        services shall be considered by the Director in decisions about 
        awarding grants to applicants which meet the scientific 
        criteria for funding under this section.
        ``(4) Coordination of centers; reports.--The Director shall, as 
    appropriate, provide for the coordination of information among 
    centers under paragraph (1) and ensure regular communication 
    between such centers, and may require the periodic preparation of 
    reports on the activities of the centers and the submission of the 
    reports to the Director.
        ``(5) Organization of centers.--Each center under paragraph (1) 
    shall use the facilities of a single institution, or be formed from 
    a consortium of cooperating institutions, meeting such requirements 
    as may be prescribed by the Director.
        ``(6) Number of centers; duration of support.--
            ``(A) In general.--The Director shall provide for the 
        establishment of not less than five centers under paragraph 
        (1).
            ``(B) Duration.--Support for a center established under 
        paragraph (1) may be provided under this section for a period 
        of not to exceed 5 years. Such period may be extended for one 
        or more additional periods not exceeding 5 years if the 
        operations of such center have been reviewed by an appropriate 
        technical and scientific peer review group established by the 
        Director and if such group has recommended to the Director that 
        such period should be extended.
    ``(c) Facilitation of Research.--The Director shall under 
subsection (a)(1) provide for a program under which samples of tissues 
and genetic materials that are of use in research on autism are 
donated, collected, preserved, and made available for such research. 
The program shall be carried out in accordance with accepted scientific 
and medical standards for the donation, collection, and preservation of 
such samples.
    ``(d) Public Input.--The Director shall under subsection (a)(1) 
provide for means through which the public can obtain information on 
the existing and planned programs and activities of the National 
Institutes of Health with respect to autism and through which the 
Director can receive comments from the public regarding such programs 
and activities.
    ``(e) Funding.--There are authorized to be appropriated such sums 
as may be necessary to carry out this section. Amounts appropriated 
under this subsection are in addition to any other amounts appropriated 
for such purpose.''.

SEC. 102. DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES SURVEILLANCE AND RESEARCH 
              PROGRAMS.

    (a) National Autism and Pervasive Developmental Disabilities 
Surveillance Program.--
        (1) In general.--The Secretary of Health and Human Services (in 
    this section referred to as the ``Secretary''), acting through the 
    Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may 
    make awards of grants and cooperative agreements for the 
    collection, analysis, and reporting of data on autism and pervasive 
    developmental disabilities. In making such awards, the Secretary 
    may provide direct technical assistance in lieu of cash.
        (2) Eligibility.--To be eligible to receive an award under 
    paragraph (1) an entity shall be a public or nonprofit private 
    entity (including health departments of States and political 
    subdivisions of States, and including universities and other 
    educational entities).
    (b) Centers of Excellence in Autism and Pervasive Developmental 
Disabilities Epidemiology.--
        (1) In general.--The Secretary, acting through the Director of 
    the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall establish not 
    less than three regional centers of excellence in autism and 
    pervasive developmental disabilities epidemiology for the purpose 
    of collecting and analyzing information on the number, incidence, 
    correlates, and causes of autism and related developmental 
    disabilities.
        (2) Recipients of awards for establishment of centers.--Centers 
    under paragraph (1) shall be established and operated through the 
    awarding of grants or cooperative agreements to public or nonprofit 
    private entities that conduct research, including health 
    departments of States and political subdivisions of States, and 
    including universities and other educational entities.
        (3) Certain requirements.--An award for a center under 
    paragraph (1) may be made only if the entity involved submits to 
    the Secretary an application containing such agreements and 
    information as the Secretary may require, including an agreement 
    that the center involved will operate in accordance with the 
    following:
            (A) The center will collect, analyze, and report autism and 
        pervasive developmental disabilities data according to 
        guidelines prescribed by the Director, after consultation with 
        relevant State and local public health officials, private 
        sector developmental disability researchers, and advocates for 
        those with developmental disabilities.
            (B) The center will assist with the development and 
        coordination of State autism and pervasive developmental 
        disabilities surveillance efforts within a region.
            (C) The center will identify eligible cases and controls 
        through its surveillance systems and conduct research into 
        factors which may cause autism and related developmental 
        disabilities.
            (D) The center will develop or extend an area of special 
        research expertise (including genetics, environmental exposure 
        to contaminants, immunology, and other relevant research 
        specialty areas).
    (c) Clearinghouse.--The Secretary, acting through the Director of 
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall carry out the 
following:
        (1) The Secretary shall establish a clearinghouse within the 
    Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for the collection and 
    storage of data generated from the monitoring programs established 
    by this title. Through the clearinghouse, such Centers shall serve 
    as the coordinating agency for autism and pervasive developmental 
    disabilities surveillance activities. The functions of such a 
    clearinghouse shall include facilitating the coordination of 
    research and policy development relating to the epidemiology of 
    autism and other pervasive developmental disabilities.
        (2) The Secretary shall coordinate the Federal response to 
    requests for assistance from State health department officials 
    regarding potential or alleged autism or developmental disability 
    clusters.
    (d) Definition.--In this title, the term ``State'' means each of 
the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of 
Puerto Rico, American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern 
Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, and the Trust Territory of the 
Pacific Islands.
    (e) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this section.

SEC. 103. INFORMATION AND EDUCATION.

    (a) In General.--The Secretary shall establish and implement a 
program to provide information and education on autism to health 
professionals and the general public, including information and 
education on advances in the diagnosis and treatment of autism and 
training and continuing education through programs for scientists, 
physicians, and other health professionals who provide care for 
patients with autism.
    (b) Stipends.--The Secretary may use amounts made available under 
this section to provide stipends for health professionals who are 
enrolled in training programs under this section.
    (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this section.

SEC. 104. INTER-AGENCY AUTISM COORDINATING COMMITTEE.

    (a) Establishment.--The Secretary shall establish a committee to be 
known as the ``Autism Coordinating Committee'' (in this section 
referred to as the ``Committee'') to coordinate all efforts within the 
Department of Health and Human Services concerning autism, including 
activities carried out through the National Institutes of Health and 
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention under this title (and 
the amendment made by this title).
    (b) Membership.--
        (1) In general.--The Committee shall be composed of the 
    Directors of such national research institutes, of the Centers for 
    Disease Control and Prevention, and of such other agencies and such 
    other officials as the Secretary determines appropriate.
        (2) Additional members.--If determined appropriate by the 
    Secretary, the Secretary may appoint to the Committee--
            (A) parents or legal guardians of individuals with autism 
        or other pervasive developmental disorders; and
            (B) representatives of other governmental agencies that 
        serve children with autism such as the Department of Education.
    (c) Administrative Support; Terms of Service; Other Provisions.--
The following shall apply with respect to the Committee:
        (1) The Committee shall receive necessary and appropriate 
    administrative support from the Department of Health and Human 
    Services.
        (2) Members of the Committee appointed under subsection 
    (b)(2)(A) shall serve for a term of 3 years, and may serve for an 
    unlimited number of terms if reappointed.
        (3) The Committee shall meet not less than two times each year.

SEC. 105. REPORT TO CONGRESS.

    Not later than January 1, 2001, and each January 1 thereafter, the 
Secretary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of 
Congress, a report concerning the implementation of this title and the 
amendments made by this title.

         TITLE II--RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT REGARDING FRAGILE X

SEC. 201. NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF CHILD HEALTH AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT; 
              RESEARCH ON FRAGILE X.

    Subpart 7 of part C of title IV of the Public Health Service Act is 
amended by adding at the end the following section:


                               ``fragile x

    ``Sec. 452E. (a) Expansion and Coordination of Research 
Activities.--The Director of the Institute, after consultation with the 
advisory council for the Institute, shall expand, intensify, and 
coordinate the activities of the Institute with respect to research on 
the disease known as fragile X.
    ``(b) Research Centers.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Director of the Institute shall make 
    grants or enter into contracts for the development and operation of 
    centers to conduct research for the purposes of improving the 
    diagnosis and treatment of, and finding the cure for, fragile X.
        ``(2) Number of centers.--
            ``(A) In general.--In carrying out paragraph (1), the 
        Director of the Institute shall, to the extent that amounts are 
        appropriated, and subject to subparagraph (B), provide for the 
        establishment of at least three fragile X research centers.
            ``(B) Peer review requirement.--The Director of the 
        Institute shall make a grant to, or enter into a contract with, 
        an entity for purposes of establishing a center under paragraph 
        (1) only if the grant or contract has been recommended after 
        technical and scientific peer review required by regulations 
        under section 492.
        ``(3) Activities.--The Director of the Institute, with the 
    assistance of centers established under paragraph (1), shall 
    conduct and support basic and biomedical research into the 
    detection and treatment of fragile X.
        ``(4) Coordination among centers.--The Director of the 
    Institute shall, as appropriate, provide for the coordination of 
    the activities of the centers assisted under this section, 
    including providing for the exchange of information among the 
    centers.
        ``(5) Certain administrative requirements.--Each center 
    assisted under paragraph (1) shall use the facilities of a single 
    institution, or be formed from a consortium of cooperating 
    institutions, meeting such requirements as may be prescribed by the 
    Director of the Institute.
        ``(6) Duration of support.--Support may be provided to a center 
    under paragraph (1) for a period not exceeding 5 years. Such period 
    may be extended for one or more additional periods, each of which 
    may not exceed 5 years, if the operations of such center have been 
    reviewed by an appropriate technical and scientific peer review 
    group established by the Director and if such group has recommended 
    to the Director that such period be extended.
        ``(7) Authorization of appropriations.--For the purpose of 
    carrying out this subsection, there are authorized to be 
    appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal 
    years 2001 through 2005.''.

          TITLE III--JUVENILE ARTHRITIS AND RELATED CONDITIONS

SEC. 301. NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF ARTHRITIS AND MUSCULOSKELETAL AND SKIN 
              DISEASES; RESEARCH ON JUVENILE ARTHRITIS AND RELATED 
              CONDITIONS.

    (a) In General.--Subpart 4 of part C of title IV of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285d et seq.) is amended by inserting 
after section 442 the following section:


               ``juvenile arthritis and related conditions

    ``Sec. 442A. (a) Expansion and Coordination of Activities.--The 
Director of the Institute, in coordination with the Director of the 
National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, shall expand and 
intensify the programs of such Institutes with respect to research and 
related activities concerning juvenile arthritis and related 
conditions.
    ``(b) Coordination.--The Directors referred to in subsection (a) 
shall jointly coordinate the programs referred to in such subsection 
and consult with the Arthritis and Musculoskeletal Diseases Interagency 
Coordinating Committee.
    ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.
    (b) Pediatric Rheumatology.--Subpart 1 of part E of title VII of 
the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 294n et seq.) is amended by 
adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 763. PEDIATRIC RHEUMATOLOGY.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary, acting through the appropriate 
agencies, shall evaluate whether the number of pediatric 
rheumatologists is sufficient to address the health care needs of 
children with arthritis and related conditions, and if the Secretary 
determines that the number is not sufficient, shall develop strategies 
to help address the shortfall.
    ``(b) Report to Congress.--Not later than October 1, 2001, the 
Secretary shall submit to the Congress a report describing the results 
of the evaluation under subsection (a), and as applicable, the 
strategies developed under such subsection.
    ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

SEC. 302. INFORMATION CLEARINGHOUSE.

    Section 438(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285d-
3(b)) is amended by inserting ``, including juvenile arthritis and 
related conditions,'' after ``diseases''.

     TITLE IV--REDUCING BURDEN OF DIABETES AMONG CHILDREN AND YOUTH

SEC. 401. PROGRAMS OF CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND PREVENTION.

    Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 243 
et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 317G the following 
section:


                     ``diabetes in children and youth

    ``Sec. 317H. (a) Surveillance on Juvenile Diabetes.--The Secretary, 
acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and 
Prevention, shall develop a sentinel system to collect data on juvenile 
diabetes, including with respect to incidence and prevalence, and shall 
establish a national database for such data.
    ``(b) Type 2 Diabetes in Youth.--The Secretary shall implement a 
national public health effort to address type 2 diabetes in youth, 
including--
        ``(1) enhancing surveillance systems and expanding research to 
    better assess the prevalence and incidence of type 2 diabetes in 
    youth and determine the extent to which type 2 diabetes is 
    incorrectly diagnosed as type 1 diabetes among children; and
        ``(2) developing and improving laboratory methods to assist in 
    diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of diabetes including, but not 
    limited to, developing noninvasive ways to monitor blood glucose to 
    prevent hypoglycemia and improving existing glucometers that 
    measure blood glucose.
    ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

SEC. 402. PROGRAMS OF NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH.

    Subpart 3 of part C of title IV of the Public Health Service Act 
(42 U.S.C. 285c et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 434 the 
following section:


                           ``juvenile diabetes

    ``Sec. 434A. (a) Long-Term Epidemiology Studies.--The Director of 
the Institute shall conduct or support long-term epidemiology studies 
in which individuals with or at risk for type 1, or juvenile, diabetes 
are followed for 10 years or more. Such studies shall investigate the 
causes and characteristics of the disease and its complications.
    ``(b) Clinical Trial Infrastructure/Innovative Treatments for 
Juvenile Diabetes.--The Secretary, acting through the Director of the 
National Institutes of Health, shall support regional clinical research 
centers for the prevention, detection, treatment, and cure of juvenile 
diabetes.
    ``(c) Prevention of Type 1 Diabetes.--The Secretary, acting through 
the appropriate agencies, shall provide for a national effort to 
prevent type 1 diabetes. Such effort shall provide for a combination of 
increased efforts in research and development of prevention strategies, 
including consideration of vaccine development, coupled with 
appropriate ability to test the effectiveness of such strategies in 
large clinical trials of children and young adults.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

                 TITLE V--ASTHMA SERVICES FOR CHILDREN
                      Subtitle A--Asthma Services

SEC. 501. GRANTS FOR CHILDREN'S ASTHMA RELIEF.

    Title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 241 et seq.) 
is amended by adding at the end the following part:

                     ``PART P--ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS

``SEC. 399L. CHILDREN'S ASTHMA TREATMENT GRANTS PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Authority To Make Grants.--
        ``(1) In general.--In addition to any other payments made under 
    this Act or title V of the Social Security Act, the Secretary shall 
    award grants to eligible entities to carry out the following 
    purposes:
            ``(A) To provide access to quality medical care for 
        children who live in areas that have a high prevalence of 
        asthma and who lack access to medical care.
            ``(B) To provide on-site education to parents, children, 
        health care providers, and medical teams to recognize the signs 
        and symptoms of asthma, and to train them in the use of 
        medications to treat asthma and prevent its exacerbations.
            ``(C) To decrease preventable trips to the emergency room 
        by making medication available to individuals who have not 
        previously had access to treatment or education in the 
        management of asthma.
            ``(D) To provide other services, such as smoking cessation 
        programs, home modification, and other direct and support 
        services that ameliorate conditions that exacerbate or induce 
        asthma.
        ``(2) Certain projects.--In making grants under paragraph (1), 
    the Secretary may make grants designed to develop and expand the 
    following projects:
            ``(A) Projects to provide comprehensive asthma services to 
        children in accordance with the guidelines of the National 
        Asthma Education and Prevention Program (through the National 
        Heart, Lung and Blood Institute), including access to care and 
        treatment for asthma in a community-based setting.
            ``(B) Projects to fully equip mobile health care clinics 
        that provide preventive asthma care including diagnosis, 
        physical examinations, pharmacological therapy, skin testing, 
        peak flow meter testing, and other asthma-related health care 
        services.
            ``(C) Projects to conduct validated asthma management 
        education programs for patients with asthma and their families, 
        including patient education regarding asthma management, family 
        education on asthma management, and the distribution of 
        materials, including displays and videos, to reinforce concepts 
        presented by medical teams.
        ``(2) Award of grants.--
            ``(A) Application.--
                ``(i) In general.--An eligible entity shall submit an 
            application to the Secretary for a grant under this section 
            in such form and manner as the Secretary may require.
                ``(ii) Required information.--An application submitted 
            under this subparagraph shall include a plan for the use of 
            funds awarded under the grant and such other information as 
            the Secretary may require.
            ``(B) Requirement.--In awarding grants under this section, 
        the Secretary shall give preference to eligible entities that 
        demonstrate that the activities to be carried out under this 
        section shall be in localities within areas of known or 
        suspected high prevalence of childhood asthma or high asthma-
        related mortality or high rate of hospitalization or emergency 
        room visits for asthma (relative to the average asthma 
        prevalence rates and associated mortality rates in the United 
        States). Acceptable data sets to demonstrate a high prevalence 
        of childhood asthma or high asthma-related mortality may 
        include data from Federal, State, or local vital statistics, 
        claims data under title XIX or XXI of the Social Security Act, 
        other public health statistics or surveys, or other data that 
        the Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the Centers 
        for Disease Control and Prevention, deems appropriate.
        ``(3) Definition of eligible entity.--For purposes of this 
    section, the term `eligible entity' means a public or nonprofit 
    private entity (including a State or political subdivision of a 
    State), or a consortium of any of such entities.
    ``(b) Coordination With Other Children's Programs.--An eligible 
entity shall identify in the plan submitted as part of an application 
for a grant under this section how the entity will coordinate 
operations and activities under the grant with--
        ``(1) other programs operated in the State that serve children 
    with asthma, including any such programs operated under title V, 
    XIX, or XXI of the Social Security Act; and
        ``(2) one or more of the following--
            ``(A) the child welfare and foster care and adoption 
        assistance programs under parts B and E of title IV of such 
        Act;
            ``(B) the head start program established under the Head 
        Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9831 et seq.);
            ``(C) the program of assistance under the special 
        supplemental nutrition program for women, infants and children 
        (WIC) under section 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 
        U.S.C. 1786);
            ``(D) local public and private elementary or secondary 
        schools; or
            ``(E) public housing agencies, as defined in section 3 of 
        the United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437a).
    ``(c) Evaluation.--An eligible entity that receives a grant under 
this section shall submit to the Secretary an evaluation of the 
operations and activities carried out under the grant that includes--
        ``(1) a description of the health status outcomes of children 
    assisted under the grant;
        ``(2) an assessment of the utilization of asthma-related health 
    care services as a result of activities carried out under the 
    grant;
        ``(3) the collection, analysis, and reporting of asthma data 
    according to guidelines prescribed by the Director of the Centers 
    for Disease Control and Prevention; and
        ``(4) such other information as the Secretary may require.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

SEC. 502. TECHNICAL AND CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.

    Title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 241 et seq.) 
is amended--
        (1) in part L, by redesignating section 399D as section 399A;
        (2) in part M--
            (A) by redesignating sections 399H through 399L as sections 
        399B through 399F, respectively;
            (B) in section 399B (as so redesignated), in subsection 
        (e)--
                (i) by striking ``section 399K(b)'' and inserting 
            ``subsection (b) of section 399E''; and
                (ii) by striking ``section 399C'' and inserting ``such 
            section'';
            (C) in section 399E (as so redesignated), in subsection 
        (c), by striking ``section 399H(a)'' and inserting ``section 
        399B(a)''; and
            (D) in section 399F (as so redesignated)--
                (i) in subsection (a), by striking ``section 399I'' and 
            inserting ``section 399C'';
                (ii) in subsection (a), by striking ``subsection 399J'' 
            and inserting ``section 399D''; and
                (iii) in subsection (b), by striking ``subsection 
            399K'' and inserting ``section 399E'';
        (3) in part N, by redesignating section 399F as section 399G; 
    and
        (4) in part O--
            (A) by redesignating sections 399G through 399J as sections 
        399H through 399K, respectively;
            (B) in section 399H (as so redesignated), in subsection 
        (b), by striking ``section 399H'' and inserting ``section 
        399I'';
            (C) in section 399J (as so redesignated), in subsection 
        (b), by striking ``section 399G(d)'' and inserting ``section 
        399H(d)''; and
            (D) in section 399K (as so redesignated), by striking 
        ``section 399G(d)(1)'' and inserting ``section 399H(d)(1)''.

                   Subtitle B--Prevention Activities

SEC. 511. PREVENTIVE HEALTH AND HEALTH SERVICES BLOCK GRANT; SYSTEMS 
              FOR REDUCING ASTHMA-RELATED ILLNESSES THROUGH INTEGRATED 
              PEST MANAGEMENT.

    Section 1904(a)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
300w-3(a)(1)) is amended--
        (1) by redesignating subparagraphs (E) and (F) as subparagraphs 
    (F) and (G), respectively;
        (2) by adding a period at the end of subparagraph (G) (as so 
    redesignated);
        (3) by inserting after subparagraph (D), the following:
        ``(E) The establishment, operation, and coordination of 
    effective and cost-efficient systems to reduce the prevalence of 
    illness due to asthma and asthma-related illnesses, especially 
    among children, by reducing the level of exposure to cockroach 
    allergen or other known asthma triggers through the use of 
    integrated pest management, as applied to cockroaches or other 
    known allergens. Amounts expended for such systems may include the 
    costs of building maintenance and the costs of programs to promote 
    community participation in the carrying out at such sites of 
    integrated pest management, as applied to cockroaches or other 
    known allergens. For purposes of this subparagraph, the term 
    `integrated pest management' means an approach to the management of 
    pests in public facilities that combines biological, cultural, 
    physical, and chemical tools in a way that minimizes economic, 
    health, and environmental risks.'';
        (4) in subparagraph (F) (as so redesignated), by striking 
    ``subparagraphs (A) through (D)'' and inserting ``subparagraphs (A) 
    through (E)''; and
        (5) in subparagraph (G) (as so redesignated), by striking 
    ``subparagraphs (A) through (E)'' and inserting ``subparagraphs (A) 
    through (F)''.

             Subtitle C--Coordination of Federal Activities

SEC. 521. COORDINATION THROUGH NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH.

    Subpart 2 of part C of title IV of the Public Health Service Act 
(42 U.S.C. 285b et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 424A the 
following section:


               ``coordination of federal asthma activities

    ``Sec. 424B (a) In General.--The Director of Institute shall, 
through the National Asthma Education Prevention Program Coordinating 
Committee--
        ``(1) identify all Federal programs that carry out asthma-
    related activities;
        ``(2) develop, in consultation with appropriate Federal 
    agencies and professional and voluntary health organizations, a 
    Federal plan for responding to asthma; and
        ``(3) not later than 12 months after the date of the enactment 
    of the Children's Health Act of 2000, submit recommendations to the 
    appropriate committees of the Congress on ways to strengthen and 
    improve the coordination of asthma-related activities of the 
    Federal Government.
    ``(b) Representation of the Department of Housing and Urban 
Development.--A representative of the Department of Housing and Urban 
Development shall be included on the National Asthma Education 
Prevention Program Coordinating Committee for the purpose of performing 
the tasks described in subsection (a).
    ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

                    Subtitle D--Compilation of Data

SEC. 531. COMPILATION OF DATA BY CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND 
              PREVENTION.

    Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as amended by 
section 401 of this Act, is amended by inserting after section 317H the 
following section:


                     ``compilation of data on asthma

    ``Sec. 317I. (a) In General.--The Secretary, acting through the 
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall--
        ``(1) conduct local asthma surveillance activities to collect 
    data on the prevalence and severity of asthma and the quality of 
    asthma management;
        ``(2) compile and annually publish data on the prevalence of 
    children suffering from asthma in each State; and
        ``(3) to the extent practicable, compile and publish data on 
    the childhood mortality rate associated with asthma nationally.
    ``(b) Surveillance Activities.--The Director of the Centers for 
Disease Control and Prevention, acting through the representative of 
the Director on the National Asthma Education Prevention Program 
Coordinating Committee, shall, in carrying out subsection (a), provide 
an update on surveillance activities at each Committee meeting.
    ``(c) Collaborative Efforts.--The activities described in 
subsection (a)(1) may be conducted in collaboration with eligible 
entities awarded a grant under section 399L.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

             TITLE VI--BIRTH DEFECTS PREVENTION ACTIVITIES
                    Subtitle A--Folic Acid Promotion

SEC. 601. PROGRAM REGARDING EFFECTS OF FOLIC ACID IN PREVENTION OF 
              BIRTH DEFECTS.

    Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as amended by 
section 531 of this Act, is amended by inserting after section 317I the 
following section:


          ``effects of folic acid in prevention of birth defects

    ``Sec. 317J. (a) In General.--The Secretary, acting through the 
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall 
expand and intensify programs (directly or through grants or contracts) 
for the following purposes:
        ``(1) To provide education and training for health 
    professionals and the general public for purposes of explaining the 
    effects of folic acid in preventing birth defects and for purposes 
    of encouraging each woman of reproductive capacity (whether or not 
    planning a pregnancy) to consume on a daily basis a dietary 
    supplement that provides an appropriate level of folic acid.
        ``(2) To conduct research with respect to such education and 
    training, including identifying effective strategies for increasing 
    the rate of consumption of folic acid by women of reproductive 
    capacity.
        ``(3) To conduct research to increase the understanding of the 
    effects of folic acid in preventing birth defects, including 
    understanding with respect to cleft lip, cleft palate, and heart 
    defects.
        ``(4) To provide for appropriate epidemiological activities 
    regarding folic acid and birth defects, including epidemiological 
    activities regarding neural tube defects.
    ``(b) Consultations With States and Private Entities.--In carrying 
out subsection (a), the Secretary shall consult with the States and 
with other appropriate public or private entities, including national 
nonprofit private organizations, health professionals, and providers of 
health insurance and health plans.
    ``(c) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary may (directly or through 
grants or contracts) provide technical assistance to public and 
nonprofit private entities in carrying out the activities described in 
subsection (a).
    ``(d) Evaluations.--The Secretary shall (directly or through grants 
or contracts) provide for the evaluation of activities under subsection 
(a) in order to determine the extent to which such activities have been 
effective in carrying out the purposes of the program under such 
subsection, including the effects on various demographic populations. 
Methods of evaluation under the preceding sentence may include surveys 
of knowledge and attitudes on the consumption of folic acid and on 
blood folate levels. Such methods may include complete and timely 
monitoring of infants who are born with neural tube defects.
    ``(e) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

    Subtitle B--National Center on Birth Defects and Developmental 
                              Disabilities

SEC. 611. NATIONAL CENTER ON BIRTH DEFECTS AND DEVELOPMENTAL 
              DISABILITIES.

    Section 317C of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247b-4) is 
amended--
        (1) by striking the heading for the section and inserting the 
    following:


   ``national center on birth defects and developmental disabilities'';

        (2) by striking ``Sec. 317C. (a)'' and all that follows through 
    the end of subsection (a) and inserting the following:
    ``Sec. 317C. (a) In General.--
        ``(1) National center.--There is established within the Centers 
    for Disease Control and Prevention a center to be known as the 
    National Center on Birth Defects and Developmental Disabilities 
    (referred to in this section as the `Center'), which shall be 
    headed by a director appointed by the Director of the Centers for 
    Disease Control and Prevention.
        ``(2) General duties.--The Secretary shall carry out programs--
            ``(A) to collect, analyze, and make available data on birth 
        defects and developmental disabilities (in a manner that 
        facilitates compliance with subsection (d)(2)), including data 
        on the causes of such defects and disabilities and on the 
        incidence and prevalence of such defects and disabilities;
            ``(B) to operate regional centers for the conduct of 
        applied epidemiological research on the prevention of such 
        defects and disabilities; and
            ``(C) to provide information and education to the public on 
        the prevention of such defects and disabilities.
        ``(3) Folic acid.--The Secretary shall carry out section 317J 
    through the Center.
        ``(4) Certain programs.--
            ``(A) Transfers.--All programs and functions described in 
        subparagraph (B) are transferred to the Center, effective upon 
        the expiration of the 180-day period beginning on the date of 
        the enactment of the Children's Health Act of 2000.
            ``(B) Relevant programs.--The programs and functions 
        described in this subparagraph are all programs and functions 
        that--
                ``(i) relate to birth defects; folic acid; cerebral 
            palsy; mental retardation; child development; newborn 
            screening; autism; fragile X syndrome; fetal alcohol 
            syndrome; pediatric genetic disorders; disability 
            prevention; or other relevant diseases, disorders, or 
            conditions as determined the Secretary; and
                ``(ii) were carried out through the National Center for 
            Environmental Health as of the day before the date of the 
            enactment of the Act referred to in subparagraph (A).
            ``(C) Related transfers.--Personnel employed in connection 
        with the programs and functions specified in subparagraph (B), 
        and amounts available for carrying out the programs and 
        functions, are transferred to the Center, effective upon the 
        expiration of the 180-day period beginning on the date of the 
        enactment of the Act referred to in subparagraph (A). Such 
        transfer of amounts does not affect the period of availability 
        of the amounts, or the availability of the amounts with respect 
        to the purposes for which the amounts may be expended.''; and
        (3) in subsection (b)(1), in the matter preceding subparagraph 
    (A), by striking ``(a)(1)'' and inserting ``(a)(2)(A)''.

TITLE VII--EARLY DETECTION, DIAGNOSIS, AND TREATMENT REGARDING HEARING 
                            LOSS IN INFANTS

SEC. 701. PURPOSES.

    The purposes of this title are to clarify the authority within the 
Public Health Service Act to authorize statewide newborn and infant 
hearing screening, evaluation and intervention programs and systems, 
technical assistance, a national applied research program, and 
interagency and private sector collaboration for policy development, in 
order to assist the States in making progress toward the following 
goals:
        (1) All babies born in hospitals in the United States and its 
    territories should have a hearing screening before leaving the 
    birthing facility. Babies born in other countries and residing in 
    the United States via immigration or adoption should have a hearing 
    screening as early as possible.
        (2) All babies who are not born in hospitals in the United 
    States and its territories should have a hearing screening within 
    the first 3 months of life.
        (3) Appropriate audiologic and medical evaluations should be 
    conducted by 3 months for all newborns and infants suspected of 
    having hearing loss to allow appropriate referral and provisions 
    for audiologic rehabilitation, medical and early intervention 
    before the age of 6 months.
        (4) All newborn and infant hearing screening programs and 
    systems should include a component for audiologic rehabilitation, 
    medical and early intervention options that ensures linkage to any 
    new and existing state-wide systems of intervention and 
    rehabilitative services for newborns and infants with hearing loss.
        (5) Public policy in regard to newborn and infant hearing 
    screening and intervention should be based on applied research and 
    the recognition that newborns, infants, toddlers, and children who 
    are deaf or hard-of-hearing have unique language, learning, and 
    communication needs, and should be the result of consultation with 
    pertinent public and private sectors.

SEC. 702. PROGRAMS OF HEALTH RESOURCES AND SERVICES ADMINISTRATION, 
              CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND PREVENTION, AND NATIONAL 
              INSTITUTES OF HEALTH.

    Part P of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as added by 
section 501 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end the following 
section:

``SEC. 399M. EARLY DETECTION, DIAGNOSIS, AND TREATMENT REGARDING 
              HEARING LOSS IN INFANTS.

    ``(a) Statewide Newborn and Infant Hearing Screening, Evaluation 
and Intervention Programs and Systems.--The Secretary, acting through 
the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, 
shall make awards of grants or cooperative agreements to develop 
statewide newborn and infant hearing screening, evaluation and 
intervention programs and systems for the following purposes:
        ``(1) To develop and monitor the efficacy of state-wide newborn 
    and infant hearing screening, evaluation and intervention programs 
    and systems. Early intervention includes referral to schools and 
    agencies, including community, consumer, and parent-based agencies 
    and organizations and other programs mandated by part C of the 
    Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, which offer programs 
    specifically designed to meet the unique language and communication 
    needs of deaf and hard of hearing newborns, infants, toddlers, and 
    children.
        ``(2) To collect data on statewide newborn and infant hearing 
    screening, evaluation and intervention programs and systems that 
    can be used for applied research, program evaluation and policy 
    development.
    ``(b) Technical Assistance, Data Management, and Applied 
Research.--
        ``(1) Centers for disease control and prevention.--The 
    Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease 
    Control and Prevention, shall make awards of grants or cooperative 
    agreements to provide technical assistance to State agencies to 
    complement an intramural program and to conduct applied research 
    related to newborn and infant hearing screening, evaluation and 
    intervention programs and systems. The program shall develop 
    standardized procedures for data management and program 
    effectiveness and costs, such as--
            ``(A) to ensure quality monitoring of newborn and infant 
        hearing loss screening, evaluation, and intervention programs 
        and systems;
            ``(B) to provide technical assistance on data collection 
        and management;
            ``(C) to study the costs and effectiveness of newborn and 
        infant hearing screening, evaluation and intervention programs 
        and systems conducted by State-based programs in order to 
        answer issues of importance to State and national policymakers;
            ``(D) to identify the causes and risk factors for 
        congenital hearing loss;
            ``(E) to study the effectiveness of newborn and infant 
        hearing screening, audiologic and medical evaluations and 
        intervention programs and systems by assessing the health, 
        intellectual and social developmental, cognitive, and language 
        status of these children at school age; and
            ``(F) to promote the sharing of data regarding early 
        hearing loss with State-based birth defects and developmental 
        disabilities monitoring programs for the purpose of identifying 
        previously unknown causes of hearing loss.
        ``(2) National institutes of health.--The Director of the 
    National Institutes of Health, acting through the Director of the 
    National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders, 
    shall for purposes of this section, continue a program of research 
    and development on the efficacy of new screening techniques and 
    technology, including clinical studies of screening methods, 
    studies on efficacy of intervention, and related research.
    ``(c) Coordination and Collaboration.--
        ``(1) In general.--In carrying out programs under this section, 
    the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services 
    Administration, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and 
    Prevention, and the Director of the National Institutes of Health 
    shall collaborate and consult with other Federal agencies; State 
    and local agencies, including those responsible for early 
    intervention services pursuant to title XIX of the Social Security 
    Act (Medicaid Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnosis and Treatment 
    Program); title XXI of the Social Security Act (State Children's 
    Health Insurance Program); title V of the Social Security Act 
    (Maternal and Child Health Block Grant Program); and part C of the 
    Individuals with Disabilities Education Act; consumer groups of and 
    that serve individuals who are deaf and hard-of-hearing and their 
    families; appropriate national medical and other health and 
    education specialty organizations; persons who are deaf and hard-
    of-hearing and their families; other qualified professional 
    personnel who are proficient in deaf or hard-of-hearing children's 
    language and who possess the specialized knowledge, skills, and 
    attributes needed to serve deaf and hard-of-hearing newborns, 
    infants, toddlers, children, and their families; third-party payers 
    and managed care organizations; and related commercial industries.
        ``(2) Policy development.--The Administrator of the Health 
    Resources and Services Administration, the Director of the Centers 
    for Disease Control and Prevention, and the Director of the 
    National Institutes of Health shall coordinate and collaborate on 
    recommendations for policy development at the Federal and State 
    levels and with the private sector, including consumer, medical and 
    other health and education professional-based organizations, with 
    respect to newborn and infant hearing screening, evaluation and 
    intervention programs and systems.
        ``(3) State early detection, diagnosis, and intervention 
    programs and systems; data collection.--The Administrator of the 
    Health Resources and Services Administration and the Director of 
    the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention shall coordinate and 
    collaborate in assisting States to establish newborn and infant 
    hearing screening, evaluation and intervention programs and systems 
    under subsection (a) and to develop a data collection system under 
    subsection (b).
    ``(d) Rule of Construction; Religious Accommodation.--Nothing in 
this section shall be construed to preempt or prohibit any State law, 
including State laws which do not require the screening for hearing 
loss of newborn infants or young children of parents who object to the 
screening on the grounds that such screening conflicts with the 
parents' religious beliefs.
    ``(e) Definitions.--For purposes of this section:
        ``(1) The term `audiologic evaluation' refers to procedures to 
    assess the status of the auditory system; to establish the site of 
    the auditory disorder; the type and degree of hearing loss, and the 
    potential effects of hearing loss on communication; and to identify 
    appropriate treatment and referral options. Referral options should 
    include linkage to State coordinating agencies under part C of the 
    Individuals with Disabilities Education Act or other appropriate 
    agencies, medical evaluation, hearing aid/sensory aid assessment, 
    audiologic rehabilitation treatment, national and local consumer, 
    self-help, parent, and education organizations, and other family-
    centered services.
        ``(2) The terms `audiologic rehabilitation' and `audiologic 
    intervention' refer to procedures, techniques, and technologies to 
    facilitate the receptive and expressive communication abilities of 
    a child with hearing loss.
        ``(3) The term `early intervention' refers to providing 
    appropriate services for the child with hearing loss, including 
    nonmedical services, and ensuring that families of the child are 
    provided comprehensive, consumer-oriented information about the 
    full range of family support, training, information services, 
    communication options and are given the opportunity to consider the 
    full range of educational and program placements and options for 
    their child.
        ``(4) The term `medical evaluation by a physician' refers to 
    key components including history, examination, and medical decision 
    making focused on symptomatic and related body systems for the 
    purpose of diagnosing the etiology of hearing loss and related 
    physical conditions, and for identifying appropriate treatment and 
    referral options.
        ``(5) The term `medical intervention' refers to the process by 
    which a physician provides medical diagnosis and direction for 
    medical and/or surgical treatment options of hearing loss and/or 
    related medical disorder associated with hearing loss.
        ``(6) The term `newborn and infant hearing screening' refers to 
    objective physiologic procedures to detect possible hearing loss 
    and to identify newborns and infants who, after rescreening, 
    require further audiologic and medical evaluations.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--
        ``(1) Statewide newborn and infant hearing screening, 
    evaluation and intervention programs and systems.--For the purpose 
    of carrying out subsection (a), there are authorized to be 
    appropriated to the Health Resources and Services Administration 
    such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2002.
        ``(2) Technical assistance, data management, and applied 
    research; centers for disease control and prevention.--For the 
    purpose of carrying out subsection (b)(1), there are authorized to 
    be appropriated to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention 
    such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2002.
        ``(3) Technical assistance, data management, and applied 
    research; national institute on deafness and other communication 
    disorders.--For the purpose of carrying out subsection (b)(2), 
    there are authorized to be appropriated to the National Institute 
    on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders such sums as may be 
    necessary for fiscal year 2002.''.

                   TITLE VIII--CHILDREN AND EPILEPSY

SEC. 801. NATIONAL PUBLIC HEALTH CAMPAIGN ON EPILEPSY; SEIZURE DISORDER 
              DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS IN MEDICALLY UNDERSERVED AREAS.

    Subpart I of part D of title III of the Public Health Service Act 
(42 U.S.C. 254b) is amended by adding at the end the following section:

``SEC. 330E. EPILEPSY; SEIZURE DISORDER.

    ``(a) National Public Health Campaign.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall develop and implement 
    public health surveillance, education, research, and intervention 
    strategies to improve the lives of persons with epilepsy, with a 
    particular emphasis on children. Such projects may be carried out 
    by the Secretary directly and through awards of grants or contracts 
    to public or nonprofit private entities. The Secretary may directly 
    or through such awards provide technical assistance with respect to 
    the planning, development, and operation of such projects.
        ``(2) Certain activities.--Activities under paragraph (1) shall 
    include--
            ``(A) expanding current surveillance activities through 
        existing monitoring systems and improving registries that 
        maintain data on individuals with epilepsy, including children;
            ``(B) enhancing research activities on the diagnosis, 
        treatment, and management of epilepsy;
            ``(C) implementing public and professional information and 
        education programs regarding epilepsy, including initiatives 
        which promote effective management of the disease through 
        children's programs which are targeted to parents, schools, 
        daycare providers, patients;
            ``(D) undertaking educational efforts with the media, 
        providers of health care, schools and others regarding stigmas 
        and secondary disabilities related to epilepsy and seizures, 
        and its effects on youth;
            ``(E) utilizing and expanding partnerships with 
        organizations with experience addressing the health and related 
        needs of people with disabilities; and
            ``(F) other activities the Secretary deems appropriate.
        ``(3) Coordination of activities.--The Secretary shall ensure 
    that activities under this subsection are coordinated as 
    appropriate with other agencies of the Public Health Service that 
    carry out activities regarding epilepsy and seizure.
    ``(b) Seizure Disorder; Demonstration Projects in Medically 
Underserved Areas.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary, acting through the 
    Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, 
    may make grants for the purpose of carrying out demonstration 
    projects to improve access to health and other services regarding 
    seizures to encourage early detection and treatment in children and 
    others residing in medically underserved areas.
        ``(2) Application for grant.--A grant may not be awarded under 
    paragraph (1) unless an application therefore is submitted to the 
    Secretary and the Secretary approves such application. Such 
    application shall be submitted in such form and manner and shall 
    contain such information as the Secretary may prescribe.
    ``(c) Definitions.--For purposes of this section:
        ``(1) The term `epilepsy' refers to a chronic and serious 
    neurological condition characterized by excessive electrical 
    discharges in the brain causing recurring seizures affecting all 
    life activities. The Secretary may revise the definition of such 
    term to the extent the Secretary determines necessary.
        ``(2) The term `medically underserved' has the meaning 
    applicable under section 799B(6).
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

           TITLE IX--SAFE MOTHERHOOD; INFANT HEALTH PROMOTION
            Subtitle A--Safe Motherhood Prevention Research

SEC. 901. PREVENTION RESEARCH AND OTHER ACTIVITIES.

    Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as amended by 
section 601 of this Act, is amended by inserting after section 317J the 
following section:


                            ``safe motherhood

    ``Sec. 317K. (a) Surveillance.--
        ``(1) Purpose.--The purpose of this subsection is to develop 
    surveillance systems at the local, State, and national level to 
    better understand the burden of maternal complications and 
    mortality and to decrease the disparities among population at risk 
    of death and complications from pregnancy.
        ``(2) Activities.--For the purpose described in paragraph (1), 
    the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for 
    Disease Control and Prevention, may carry out the following 
    activities:
            ``(A) The Secretary may establish and implement a national 
        surveillance program to identify and promote the investigation 
        of deaths and severe complications that occur during pregnancy.
            ``(B) The Secretary may expand the Pregnancy Risk 
        Assessment Monitoring System to provide surveillance and 
        collect data in each State.
            ``(C) The Secretary may expand the Maternal and Child 
        Health Epidemiology Program to provide technical support, 
        financial assistance, or the time-limited assignment of senior 
        epidemiologists to maternal and child health programs in each 
        State.
    ``(b) Prevention Research.--
        ``(1) Purpose.--The purpose of this subsection is to provide 
    the Secretary with the authority to further expand research 
    concerning risk factors, prevention strategies, and the roles of 
    the family, health care providers and the community in safe 
    motherhood.
        ``(2) Research.--The Secretary may carry out activities to 
    expand research relating to--
            ``(A) encouraging preconception counseling, especially for 
        at risk populations such as diabetics;
            ``(B) the identification of critical components of prenatal 
        delivery and postpartum care;
            ``(C) the identification of outreach and support services, 
        such as folic acid education, that are available for pregnant 
        women;
            ``(D) the identification of women who are at high risk for 
        complications;
            ``(E) preventing preterm delivery;
            ``(F) preventing urinary tract infections;
            ``(G) preventing unnecessary caesarean sections;
            ``(H) an examination of the higher rates of maternal 
        mortality among African American women;
            ``(I) an examination of the relationship between domestic 
        violence and maternal complications and mortality;
            ``(J) preventing and reducing adverse health consequences 
        that may result from smoking, alcohol and illegal drug use 
        before, during and after pregnancy;
            ``(K) preventing infections that cause maternal and infant 
        complications; and
            ``(L) other areas determined appropriate by the Secretary.
    ``(c) Prevention Programs.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary may carry out activities to 
    promote safe motherhood, including--
            ``(A) public education campaigns on healthy pregnancies and 
        the building of partnerships with outside organizations 
        concerned about safe motherhood;
            ``(B) education programs for physicians, nurses and other 
        health care providers; and
            ``(C) activities to promote community support services for 
        pregnant women.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

        Subtitle B--Pregnant Women and Infants Health Promotion

SEC. 911. PROGRAMS REGARDING PRENATAL AND POSTNATAL HEALTH.

    Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as amended by 
section 901 of this Act, is amended by inserting after section 317K the 
following section:


                     ``prenatal and postnatal health

    ``Sec. 317L. (a) In General.--The Secretary, acting through the 
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall carry 
out programs--
        ``(1) to collect, analyze, and make available data on prenatal 
    smoking, alcohol and illegal drug use, including data on the 
    implications of such activities and on the incidence and prevalence 
    of such activities and their implications;
        ``(2) to conduct applied epidemiological research on the 
    prevention of prenatal and postnatal smoking, alcohol and illegal 
    drug use;
        ``(3) to support, conduct, and evaluate the effectiveness of 
    educational and cessation programs; and
        ``(4) to provide information and education to the public on the 
    prevention and implications of prenatal and postnatal smoking, 
    alcohol and illegal drug use.
    ``(b) Grants.--In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary may 
award grants to and enter into contracts with States, local 
governments, scientific and academic institutions, federally qualified 
health centers, and other public and nonprofit entities, and may 
provide technical and consultative assistance to such entities.
    ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

                TITLE X-- PEDIATRIC RESEARCH INITIATIVE

SEC. 1001. ESTABLISHMENT OF PEDIATRIC RESEARCH INITIATIVE.

    Part B of title IV of the Public Health Service Act, as amended by 
section 101 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end the following:


                     ``pediatric research initiative

    ``Sec. 409D. (a) Establishment.--The Secretary shall establish 
within the Office of the Director of NIH a Pediatric Research 
Initiative (referred to in this section as the `Initiative') to conduct 
and support research that is directly related to diseases, disorders, 
and other conditions in children. The Initiative shall be headed by the 
Director of NIH.
    ``(b) Purpose.--The purpose of the Initiative is to provide funds 
to enable the Director of NIH--
        ``(1) to increase support for pediatric biomedical research 
    within the National Institutes of Health to realize the expanding 
    opportunities for advancement in scientific investigations and care 
    for children;
        ``(2) to enhance collaborative efforts among the Institutes to 
    conduct and support multidisciplinary research in the areas that 
    the Director deems most promising; and
        ``(3) in coordination with the Food and Drug Administration, to 
    increase the development of adequate pediatric clinical trials and 
    pediatric use information to promote the safer and more effective 
    use of prescription drugs in the pediatric population.
    ``(c) Duties.--In carrying out subsection (b), the Director of NIH 
shall--
        ``(1) consult with the Director of the National Institute of 
    Child Health and Human Development and the other national research 
    institutes, in considering their requests for new or expanded 
    pediatric research efforts, and consult with the Administrator of 
    the Health Resources and Services Administration and other advisors 
    as the Director determines to be appropriate;
        ``(2) have broad discretion in the allocation of any Initiative 
    assistance among the Institutes, among types of grants, and between 
    basic and clinical research so long as the assistance is directly 
    related to the illnesses and conditions of children; and
        ``(3) be responsible for the oversight of any newly 
    appropriated Initiative funds and annually report to Congress and 
    the public on the extent of the total funds obligated to conduct or 
    support pediatric research across the National Institutes of 
    Health, including the specific support and research awards 
    allocated through the Initiative.
    ``(d) Authorization.--For the purpose of carrying out this section, 
there are authorized to be appropriated $50,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 
2002 through 2005.
    ``(e) Transfer of Funds.--The Director of NIH may transfer amounts 
appropriated under this section to any of the Institutes for a fiscal 
year to carry out the purposes of the Initiative under this section.''.

SEC. 1002. INVESTMENT IN TOMORROW'S PEDIATRIC RESEARCHERS.

    (a) In General.--Subpart 7 of part C of title IV of the Public 
Health Service Act, as amended by section 921 of this Act, is amended 
by adding at the end the following:


             ``investment in tomorrow's pediatric researchers

    ``Sec. 452G. (a) Enhanced Support.--In order to ensure the future 
supply of researchers dedicated to the care and research needs of 
children, the Director of the Institute, after consultation with the 
Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, 
shall support activities to provide for--
        ``(1) an increase in the number and size of institutional 
    training grants to institutions supporting pediatric training; and
        ``(2) an increase in the number of career development awards 
    for health professionals who intend to build careers in pediatric 
    basic and clinical research.
    ``(b) Authorization.--For the purpose of carrying out subsection 
(a), there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be 
necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.
    (b) Pediatric Research Loan Repayment Program.--Part G of title IV 
of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 288 et seq.) is amended by 
inserting after section 487E the following section:


               ``pediatric research loan repayment program

    ``Sec. 487F. (a) In General.--The Secretary, in consultation with 
the Director of NIH, may establish a pediatric research loan repayment 
program. Through such program--
        ``(1) the Secretary shall enter into contracts with qualified 
    health professionals under which such professionals will agree to 
    conduct pediatric research, in consideration of the Federal 
    Government agreeing to repay, for each year of such service, not 
    more than $35,000 of the principal and interest of the educational 
    loans of such professionals; and
        ``(2) the Secretary shall, for the purpose of providing 
    reimbursements for tax liability resulting from payments made under 
    paragraph (1) on behalf of an individual, make payments, in 
    addition to payments under such paragraph, to the individual in an 
    amount equal to 39 percent of the total amount of loan repayments 
    made for the taxable year involved.
    ``(b) Application of Other Provisions.--The provisions of sections 
338B, 338C, and 338E shall, except as inconsistent with paragraph (1), 
apply to the program established under such paragraph to the same 
extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the National 
Health Service Corps Loan Repayment Program established under subpart 
III of part D of title III.
    ``(c) Funding.--
        ``(1) In general.--For the purpose of carrying out this section 
    with respect to a national research institute the Secretary may 
    reserve, from amounts appropriated for such institute for the 
    fiscal year involved, such amounts as the Secretary determines to 
    be appropriate.
        ``(2) Availability of funds.--Amounts made available to carry 
    out this section shall remain available until the expiration of the 
    second fiscal year beginning after the fiscal year for which such 
    amounts were made available.''.

SEC. 1003. REVIEW OF REGULATIONS.

    (a) Review.--By not later than 6 months after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall 
conduct a review of the regulations under subpart D of part 46 of title 
45, Code of Federal Regulations, consider any modifications necessary 
to ensure the adequate and appropriate protection of children 
participating in research, and report the findings of the Secretary to 
Congress.
    (b) Areas of Review.--In conducting the review under subsection 
(a), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall consider--
        (1) the appropriateness of the regulations for children of 
    differing ages and maturity levels, including legal status;
        (2) the definition of ``minimal risk'' for a healthy child or 
    for a child with an illness;
        (3) the definitions of ``assent'' and ``permission'' for child 
    clinical research participants and their parents or guardians and 
    of ``adequate provisions'' for soliciting assent or permission in 
    research as such definitions relate to the process of obtaining the 
    agreement of children participating in research and the parents or 
    guardians of such children;
        (4) the definitions of ``direct benefit to the individual 
    subjects'' and ``generalizable knowledge about the subject's 
    disorder or condition'';
        (5) whether payment (financial or otherwise) may be provided to 
    a child or his or her parent or guardian for the participation of 
    the child in research, and if so, the amount and type given;
        (6) the expectations of child research participants and their 
    parent or guardian for the direct benefits of the child's research 
    involvement;
        (7) safeguards for research involving children conducted in 
    emergency situations with a waiver of informed assent;
        (8) parent and child notification in instances in which the 
    regulations have not been complied with;
        (9) compliance with the regulations in effect on the date of 
    the enactment of this Act, the monitoring of such compliance, and 
    enforcement actions for violations of such regulations; and
        (10) the appropriateness of current practices for recruiting 
    children for participation in research.
    (c) Consultation.--In conducting the review under subsection (a), 
the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall consult broadly with 
experts in the field, including pediatric pharmacologists, 
pediatricians, pediatric professional societies, bioethics experts, 
clinical investigators, institutional review boards, industry experts, 
appropriate Federal agencies, and children who have participated in 
research studies and the parents, guardians, or families of such 
children.
    (d) Consideration of Additional Provisions.--In conducting the 
review under subsection (a), the Secretary of Health and Human Services 
shall consider and, not later than 6 months after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, report to Congress concerning--
        (1) whether the Secretary should establish data and safety 
    monitoring boards or other mechanisms to review adverse events 
    associated with research involving children; and
        (2) whether the institutional review board oversight of 
    clinical trials involving children is adequate to protect children.

SEC. 1004. LONG-TERM CHILD DEVELOPMENT STUDY.

    (a) Purpose.--It is the purpose of this section to authorize the 
National Institute of Child Health and Human Development to conduct a 
national longitudinal study of environmental influences (including 
physical, chemical, biological, and psychosocial) on children's health 
and development.
    (b) In General.--The Director of the National Institute of Child 
Health and Human Development shall establish a consortium of 
representatives from appropriate Federal agencies (including the 
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Environmental 
Protection Agency) to--
        (1) plan, develop, and implement a prospective cohort study, 
    from birth to adulthood, to evaluate the effects of both chronic 
    and intermittent exposures on child health and human development; 
    and
        (2) investigate basic mechanisms of developmental disorders and 
    environmental factors, both risk and protective, that influence 
    health and developmental processes.
    (c) Requirement.--The study under subsection (b) shall--
        (1) incorporate behavioral, emotional, educational, and 
    contextual consequences to enable a complete assessment of the 
    physical, chemical, biological and psychosocial environmental 
    influences on children's well-being;
        (2) gather data on environmental influences and outcomes on 
    diverse populations of children, which may include the 
    consideration of prenatal exposures; and
        (3) consider health disparities among children which may 
    include the consideration of prenatal exposures.
    (d) Report.--Beginning not later than 3 years after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, and periodically thereafter for the duration of 
the study under this section, the Director of the National Institute of 
Child Health and Human Development shall prepare and submit to the 
appropriate committees of Congress a report on the implementation and 
findings made under the planning and feasibility study conducted under 
this section.
    (e) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $18,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each the fiscal years 2002 
through 2005.

                    TITLE XI--CHILDHOOD MALIGNANCIES

SEC. 1101. PROGRAMS OF CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND PREVENTION AND 
              NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH.

    Part P of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as amended by 
section 702 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end the following 
section:

``SEC. 399N. CHILDHOOD MALIGNANCIES.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary, acting as appropriate through the 
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the 
Director of the National Institutes of Health, shall study 
environmental and other risk factors for childhood cancers (including 
skeletal malignancies, leukemias, malignant tumors of the central 
nervous system, lymphomas, soft tissue sarcomas, and other malignant 
neoplasms) and carry out projects to improve outcomes among children 
with childhood cancers and resultant secondary conditions, including 
limb loss, anemia, rehabilitation, and palliative care. Such projects 
shall be carried out by the Secretary directly and through awards of 
grants or contracts.
    ``(b) Certain Activities.--Activities under subsection (a) 
include--
        ``(1) the expansion of current demographic data collection and 
    population surveillance efforts to include childhood cancers 
    nationally;
        ``(2) the development of a uniform reporting system under which 
    treating physicians, hospitals, clinics, and States report the 
    diagnosis of childhood cancers, including relevant associated 
    epidemiological data; and
        ``(3) support for the National Limb Loss Information Center to 
    address, in part, the primary and secondary needs of persons who 
    experience childhood cancers in order to prevent or minimize the 
    disabling nature of these cancers.
    ``(c) Coordination of Activities.--The Secretary shall assure that 
activities under this section are coordinated as appropriate with other 
agencies of the Public Health Service that carry out activities focused 
on childhood cancers and limb loss.
    ``(d) Definition.--For purposes of this section, the term 
`childhood cancer' refers to a spectrum of different malignancies that 
vary by histology, site of disease, origin, race, sex, and age. The 
Secretary may for purposes of this section revise the definition of 
such term to the extent determined by the Secretary to be appropriate.
    ``(e) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

                     TITLE XII--ADOPTION AWARENESS
                 Subtitle A--Infant Adoption Awareness

SEC. 1201. GRANTS REGARDING INFANT ADOPTION AWARENESS.

    Subpart I of part D of title III of the Public Health Service Act, 
as amended by section 801 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end 
the following section:

``SEC. 330F. CERTAIN SERVICES FOR PREGNANT WOMEN.

    ``(a) Infant Adoption Awareness.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall make grants to national, 
    regional, or local adoption organizations for the purpose of 
    developing and implementing programs to train the designated staff 
    of eligible health centers in providing adoption information and 
    referrals to pregnant women on an equal basis with all other 
    courses of action included in nondirective counseling to pregnant 
    women.
        ``(2) Best-practices guidelines.--
            ``(A) In general.--A condition for the receipt of a grant 
        under paragraph (1) is that the adoption organization involved 
        agree that, in providing training under such paragraph, the 
        organization will follow the guidelines developed under 
        subparagraph (B).
            ``(B) Process for development of guidelines.--
                ``(i) In general.--The Secretary shall establish and 
            supervise a process described in clause (ii) in which the 
            participants are--

                    ``(I) an appropriate number and variety of adoption 
                organizations that, as a group, have expertise in all 
                models of adoption practice and that represent all 
                members of the adoption triad (birth mother, infant, 
                and adoptive parent); and
                    ``(II) affected public health entities.

                ``(ii) Description of process.--The process referred to 
            in clause (i) is a process in which the participants 
            described in such clause collaborate to develop best-
            practices guidelines on the provision of adoption 
            information and referrals to pregnant women on an equal 
            basis with all other courses of action included in 
            nondirective counseling to pregnant women.
                ``(iii) Date certain for development.--The Secretary 
            shall ensure that the guidelines described in clause (ii) 
            are developed not later than 180 days after the date of the 
            enactment of the Children's Health Act of 2000.
            ``(C) Relation to authority for grants.--The Secretary may 
        not make any grant under paragraph (1) before the date on which 
        the guidelines under subparagraph (B) are developed.
        ``(3) Use of grant.--
            ``(A) In general.--With respect to a grant under paragraph 
        (1)--
                ``(i) an adoption organization may expend the grant to 
            carry out the programs directly or through grants to or 
            contracts with other adoption organizations;
                ``(ii) the purposes for which the adoption organization 
            expends the grant may include the development of a training 
            curriculum, consistent with the guidelines developed under 
            paragraph (2)(B); and
                ``(iii) a condition for the receipt of the grant is 
            that the adoption organization agree that, in providing 
            training for the designated staff of eligible health 
            centers, such organization will make reasonable efforts to 
            ensure that the individuals who provide the training are 
            individuals who are knowledgeable in all elements of the 
            adoption process and are experienced in providing adoption 
            information and referrals in the geographic areas in which 
            the eligible health centers are located, and that the 
            designated staff receive the training in such areas.
            ``(B) Rule of construction regarding training of 
        trainers.--With respect to individuals who under a grant under 
        paragraph (1) provide training for the designated staff of 
        eligible health centers (referred to in this subparagraph as 
        `trainers'), subparagraph (A)(iii) may not be construed as 
        establishing any limitation regarding the geographic area in 
        which the trainers receive instruction in being such trainers. 
        A trainer may receive such instruction in a different 
        geographic area than the area in which the trainer trains (or 
        will train) the designated staff of eligible health centers.
        ``(4) Adoption organizations; eligible health centers; other 
    definitions.--For purposes of this section:
            ``(A) The term `adoption organization' means a national, 
        regional, or local organization--
                ``(i) among whose primary purposes are adoption;
                ``(ii) that is knowledgeable in all elements of the 
            adoption process and on providing adoption information and 
            referrals to pregnant women; and
                ``(iii) that is a nonprofit private entity.
            ``(B) The term `designated staff', with respect to an 
        eligible health center, means staff of the center who provide 
        pregnancy or adoption information and referrals (or will 
        provide such information and referrals after receiving training 
        under a grant under paragraph (1)).
            ``(C) The term `eligible health centers' means public and 
        nonprofit private entities that provide health services to 
        pregnant women.
        ``(5) Training for certain eligible health centers.--A 
    condition for the receipt of a grant under paragraph (1) is that 
    the adoption organization involved agree to make reasonable efforts 
    to ensure that the eligible health centers with respect to which 
    training under the grant is provided include--
            ``(A) eligible health centers that receive grants under 
        section 1001 (relating to voluntary family planning projects);
            ``(B) eligible health centers that receive grants under 
        section 330 (relating to community health centers, migrant 
        health centers, and centers regarding homeless individuals and 
        residents of public housing); and
            ``(C) eligible health centers that receive grants under 
        this Act for the provision of services in schools.
        ``(6) Participation of certain eligible health clinics.--In the 
    case of eligible health centers that receive grants under section 
    330 or 1001:
            ``(A) Within a reasonable period after the Secretary begins 
        making grants under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall provide 
        eligible health centers with complete information about the 
        training available from organizations receiving grants under 
        such paragraph. The Secretary shall make reasonable efforts to 
        encourage eligible health centers to arrange for designated 
        staff to participate in such training. Such efforts shall 
        affirm Federal requirements, if any, that the eligible health 
        center provide nondirective counseling to pregnant women.
            ``(B) All costs of such centers in obtaining the training 
        shall be reimbursed by the organization that provides the 
        training, using grants under paragraph (1).
            ``(C) Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment 
        of the Children's Health Act of 2000, the Secretary shall 
        submit to the appropriate committees of the Congress a report 
        evaluating the extent to which adoption information and 
        referral, upon request, are provided by eligible health 
        centers. Within a reasonable time after training under this 
        section is initiated, the Secretary shall submit to the 
        appropriate committees of the Congress a report evaluating the 
        extent to which adoption information and referral, upon 
        request, are provided by eligible health centers in order to 
        determine the effectiveness of such training and the extent to 
        which such training complies with subsection (a)(1). In 
        preparing the reports required by this subparagraph, the 
        Secretary shall in no respect interpret the provisions of this 
        section to allow any interference in the provider-patient 
        relationship, any breach of patient confidentiality, or any 
        monitoring or auditing of the counseling process or patient 
        records which breaches patient confidentiality or reveals 
        patient identity. The reports required by this subparagraph 
        shall be conducted by the Secretary acting through the 
        Administrator of the Health Resources and Services 
        Administration and in collaboration with the Director of the 
        Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
    ``(b) Application for Grant.--The Secretary may make a grant under 
subsection (a) only if an application for the grant is submitted to the 
Secretary and the application is in such form, is made in such manner, 
and contains such agreements, assurances, and information as the 
Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this section.
    ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

              Subtitle B--Special Needs Adoption Awareness

SEC. 1211. SPECIAL NEEDS ADOPTION PROGRAMS; PUBLIC AWARENESS CAMPAIGN 
              AND OTHER ACTIVITIES.

    Subpart I of part D of title III of the Public Health Service Act, 
as amended by section 1201 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end 
the following section:

``SEC. 330G. SPECIAL NEEDS ADOPTION PROGRAMS; PUBLIC AWARENESS CAMPAIGN 
              AND OTHER ACTIVITIES.

    ``(a) Special Needs Adoption Awareness Campaign.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall, through making grants 
    to nonprofit private entities, provide for the planning, 
    development, and carrying out of a national campaign to provide 
    information to the public regarding the adoption of children with 
    special needs.
        ``(2) Input on planning and development.--In providing for the 
    planning and development of the national campaign under paragraph 
    (1), the Secretary shall provide for input from a number and 
    variety of adoption organizations throughout the States in order 
    that the full national diversity of interests among adoption 
    organizations is represented in the planning and development of the 
    campaign.
        ``(3) Certain features.--With respect to the national campaign 
    under paragraph (1):
            ``(A) The campaign shall be directed at various 
        populations, taking into account as appropriate differences 
        among geographic regions, and shall be carried out in the 
        language and cultural context that is most appropriate to the 
        population involved.
            ``(B) The means through which the campaign may be carried 
        out include--
                ``(i) placing public service announcements on 
            television, radio, and billboards; and
                ``(ii) providing information through means that the 
            Secretary determines will reach individuals who are most 
            likely to adopt children with special needs.
            ``(C) The campaign shall provide information on the 
        subsidies and supports that are available to individuals 
        regarding the adoption of children with special needs.
            ``(D) The Secretary may provide that the placement of 
        public service announcements, and the dissemination of 
        brochures and other materials, is subject to review by the 
        Secretary.
        ``(4) Matching Requirement.--
            ``(A) In general.--With respect to the costs of the 
        activities to be carried out by an entity pursuant to paragraph 
        (1), a condition for the receipt of a grant under such 
        paragraph is that the entity agree to make available (directly 
        or through donations from public or private entities) non-
        Federal contributions toward such costs in an amount that is 
        not less than 25 percent of such costs.
            ``(B) Determination of amount contributed.--Non-Federal 
        contributions under subparagraph (A) may be in cash or in kind, 
        fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services. 
        Amounts provided by the Federal Government, or services 
        assisted or subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal 
        Government, may not be included in determining the amount of 
        such contributions.
    ``(b) National Resources Program.--The Secretary shall (directly or 
through grant or contract) carry out a program that, through toll-free 
telecommunications, makes available to the public information regarding 
the adoption of children with special needs. Such information shall 
include the following:
        ``(1) A list of national, State, and regional organizations 
    that provide services regarding such adoptions, including exchanges 
    and other information on communicating with the organizations. The 
    list shall represent the full national diversity of adoption 
    organizations.
        ``(2) Information beneficial to individuals who adopt such 
    children, including lists of support groups for adoptive parents 
    and other postadoptive services.
    ``(c) Other Programs.--With respect to the adoption of children 
with special needs, the Secretary shall make grants--
        ``(1) to provide assistance to support groups for adoptive 
    parents, adopted children, and siblings of adopted children; and
        ``(2) to carry out studies to identify--
            ``(A) the barriers to completion of the adoption process; 
        and
            ``(B) those components that lead to favorable long-term 
        outcomes for families that adopt children with special needs.
    ``(d) Application for Grant.--The Secretary may make an award of a 
grant or contract under this section only if an application for the 
award is submitted to the Secretary and the application is in such 
form, is made in such manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, 
and information as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry 
out this section.
    ``(e) Funding.--For the purpose of carrying out this section, there 
are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for 
each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

                   TITLE XIII--TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJURY

SEC. 1301. PROGRAMS OF CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND PREVENTION.

    (a) In General.--Section 393A of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 280b-1b) is amended--
        (1) in subsection (b)--
            (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (B) in paragraph (2), by striking the period and inserting 
        ``; and''; and
            (C) by adding at the end the following:
        ``(3) the implementation of a national education and awareness 
    campaign regarding such injury (in conjunction with the program of 
    the Secretary regarding health-status goals for 2010, commonly 
    referred to as Healthy People 2010), including--
            ``(A) the national dissemination of information on--
                ``(i) incidence and prevalence; and
                ``(ii) information relating to traumatic brain injury 
            and the sequelae of secondary conditions arising from 
            traumatic brain injury upon discharge from hospitals and 
            trauma centers; and
            ``(B) the provision of information in primary care 
        settings, including emergency rooms and trauma centers, 
        concerning the availability of State level services and 
        resources.'';
        (2) in subsection (d)--
            (A) in the second sentence, by striking ``anoxia due to 
        near drowning.'' and inserting ``anoxia due to trauma.''; and
            (B) in the third sentence, by inserting before the period 
        the following: ``, after consultation with States and other 
        appropriate public or nonprofit private entities''.
    (b) National Registry.--Part J of title III of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280b et seq.) is amended by inserting after 
section 393A the following section:


         ``national program for traumatic brain injury registries

    ``Sec. 393B. (a) In General.--The Secretary, acting through the 
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may make 
grants to States or their designees to operate the State's traumatic 
brain injury registry, and to academic institutions to conduct applied 
research that will support the development of such registries, to 
collect data concerning--
        ``(1) demographic information about each traumatic brain 
    injury;
        ``(2) information about the circumstances surrounding the 
    injury event associated with each traumatic brain injury;
        ``(3) administrative information about the source of the 
    collected information, dates of hospitalization and treatment, and 
    the date of injury; and
        ``(4) information characterizing the clinical aspects of the 
    traumatic brain injury, including the severity of the injury, 
    outcomes of the injury, the types of treatments received, and the 
    types of services utilized.''.

SEC. 1302. STUDY AND MONITOR INCIDENCE AND PREVALENCE.

    Section 4 of Public Law 104-166 (42 U.S.C. 300d-61 note) is 
amended--
        (1) in subsection (a)(1)(A)--
            (A) by striking clause (i) and inserting the following:
                ``(i)(I) determine the incidence and prevalence of 
            traumatic brain injury in all age groups in the general 
            population of the United States, including institutional 
            settings; and
                ``(II) determine appropriate methodological strategies 
            to obtain data on the incidence and prevalence of mild 
            traumatic brain injury and report to Congress concerning 
            such within 18 months of the date of the enactment of the 
            Children's Health Act of 2000; and''; and
            (B) in clause (ii), by striking ``, if the Secretary 
        determines that such a system is appropriate'';
        (2) in subsection (a)(1)(B)(i), by inserting ``, including 
    return to work or school and community participation,'' after 
    ``functioning''; and
        (3) in subsection (d), to read as follows:
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

SEC. 1303. PROGRAMS OF NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH.

    (a) Interagency Program.--Section 1261(d)(4) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300d-61(d)(4)) is amended--
        (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``degree of injury'' and 
    inserting ``degree of brain injury'';
        (2) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``acute injury'' and 
    inserting ``acute brain injury''; and
        (3) in subparagraph (D), by striking ``injury treatment'' and 
    inserting ``brain injury treatment''.
    (b) Definition.--Section 1261(h)(4) of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 300d-61(h)(4)) is amended--
        (1) in the second sentence, by striking ``anoxia due to near 
    drowning.'' and inserting ``anoxia due to trauma.''; and
        (2) in the third sentence, by inserting before the period the 
    following: ``, after consultation with States and other appropriate 
    public or nonprofit private entities''.
    (c) Research on Cognitive and Neurobehavioral Disorders Arising 
From Traumatic Brain Injury.--Section 1261(d)(4) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300d-61(d)(4)) is amended--
        (1) in subparagraph (C), by striking ``and'' after the 
    semicolon at the end;
        (2) in subparagraph (D), by striking the period at the end and 
    inserting ``; and''; and
        (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(E) carrying out subparagraphs (A) through (D) with 
        respect to cognitive disorders and neurobehavioral consequences 
        arising from traumatic brain injury, including the development, 
        modification, and evaluation of therapies and programs of 
        rehabilitation toward reaching or restoring normal capabilities 
        in areas such as reading, comprehension, speech, reasoning, and 
        deduction.''.
    (d) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 1261 of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300d-61) is amended by adding at the end 
the following:
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

SEC. 1304. PROGRAMS OF HEALTH RESOURCES AND SERVICES ADMINISTRATION.

    Section 1252 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300d-51) 
is amended--
        (1) in the section heading by striking ``demonstration'';
        (2) in subsection (a), by striking ``demonstration'';
        (3) in subsection (b)(3)--
            (A) in subparagraph (A)(iv), by striking ``representing 
        traumatic brain injury survivors'' and inserting ``representing 
        individuals with traumatic brain injury''; and
            (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``who are survivors 
        of'' and inserting ``with'';
        (4) in subsection (c)--
            (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``, in cash,''; and
            (B) in paragraph (2), by amending the paragraph to read as 
        follows:
        ``(2) Determination of amount contributed.--Non-Federal 
    contributions under paragraph (1) may be in cash or in kind, fairly 
    evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services. Amounts 
    provided by the Federal Government, or services assisted or 
    subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal Government, may 
    not be included in determining the amount of such contributions.'';
        (5) by redesignating subsections (e) through (h) as subsections 
    (g) through (j), respectively;
        (6) by inserting after subsection (d) the following 
    subsections:
    ``(e) Continuation of Previously Awarded Demonstration Projects.--A 
State that received a grant under this section prior to the date of the 
enactment of the Children's Health Act of 2000 may compete for new 
project grants under this section after such date of the enactment.
    ``(f) Use of State Grants.--
        ``(1) Community services and supports.--A State shall (directly 
    or through awards of contracts to nonprofit private entities) use 
    amounts received under a grant under this section for the 
    following:
            ``(A) To develop, change, or enhance community-based 
        service delivery systems that include timely access to 
        comprehensive appropriate services and supports. Such service 
        and supports--
                ``(i) shall promote full participation by individuals 
            with brain injury and their families in decision making 
            regarding the services and supports; and
                ``(ii) shall be designed for children and other 
            individuals with traumatic brain injury.
            ``(B) To focus on outreach to underserved and 
        inappropriately served individuals, such as individuals in 
        institutional settings, individuals with low socioeconomic 
        resources, individuals in rural communities, and individuals in 
        culturally and linguistically diverse communities.
            ``(C) To award contracts to nonprofit entities for consumer 
        or family service access training, consumer support, peer 
        mentoring, and parent to parent programs.
            ``(D) To develop individual and family service coordination 
        or case management systems.
            ``(E) To support other needs identified by the advisory 
        board under subsection (b) for the State involved.
        ``(2) Best practices.--
            ``(A) In general.--State services and supports provided 
        under a grant under this section shall reflect the best 
        practices in the field of traumatic brain injury, shall be in 
        compliance with title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act 
        of 1990, and shall be supported by quality assurance measures 
        as well as state-of-the-art health care and integrated 
        community supports, regardless of the severity of injury.
            ``(B) Demonstration by state agency.--The State agency 
        responsible for administering amounts received under a grant 
        under this section shall demonstrate that it has obtained 
        knowledge and expertise of traumatic brain injury and the 
        unique needs associated with traumatic brain injury.
        ``(3) State capacity building.--A State may use amounts 
    received under a grant under this section to--
            ``(A) educate consumers and families;
            ``(B) train professionals in public and private sector 
        financing (such as third party payers, State agencies, 
        community-based providers, schools, and educators);
            ``(C) develop or improve case management or service 
        coordination systems;
            ``(D) develop best practices in areas such as family or 
        consumer support, return to work, housing or supportive living 
        personal assistance services, assistive technology and devices, 
        behavioral health services, substance abuse services, and 
        traumatic brain injury treatment and rehabilitation;
            ``(E) tailor existing State systems to provide 
        accommodations to the needs of individuals with brain injury 
        (including systems administered by the State departments 
        responsible for health, mental health, labor/employment, 
        education, mental retardation/developmental disorders, 
        transportation, and correctional systems);
            ``(F) improve data sets coordinated across systems and 
        other needs identified by a State plan supported by its 
        advisory council; and
            ``(G) develop capacity within targeted communities.'';
        (7) in subsection (g) (as so redesignated), by striking 
    ``agencies of the Public Health Service'' and inserting ``Federal 
    agencies'';
        (8) in subsection (i) (as redesignated by paragraph (3))--
            (A) in the second sentence, by striking ``anoxia due to 
        near drowning.'' and inserting ``anoxia due to trauma.''; and
            (B) in the third sentence, by inserting before the period 
        the following: ``, after consultation with States and other 
        appropriate public or nonprofit private entities''; and
        (9) in subsection (j) (as so redesignated), by amending the 
    subsection to read as follows:
    ``(j) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

SEC. 1305. STATE GRANTS FOR PROTECTION AND ADVOCACY SERVICES.

    Part E of title XII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
300d-51 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 1253. STATE GRANTS FOR PROTECTION AND ADVOCACY SERVICES.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary, acting through the Administrator 
of the Health Resources and Services Administration (referred to in 
this section as the `Administrator'), shall make grants to protection 
and advocacy systems for the purpose of enabling such systems to 
provide services to individuals with traumatic brain injury.
    ``(b) Services Provided.--Services provided under this section may 
include the provision of--
        ``(1) information, referrals, and advice;
        ``(2) individual and family advocacy;
        ``(3) legal representation; and
        ``(4) specific assistance in self-advocacy.
    ``(c) Application.--To be eligible to receive a grant under this 
section, a protection and advocacy system shall submit an application 
to the Administrator at such time, in such form and manner, and 
accompanied by such information and assurances as the Administrator may 
require.
    ``(d) Appropriations Less Than $2,700,000.--
        ``(1) In general.--With respect to any fiscal year in which the 
    amount appropriated under subsection (i) to carry out this section 
    is less than $2,700,000, the Administrator shall make grants from 
    such amount to individual protection and advocacy systems within 
    States to enable such systems to plan for, develop outreach 
    strategies for, and carry out services authorized under this 
    section for individuals with traumatic brain injury.
        ``(2) Amount.--The amount of each grant provided under 
    paragraph (1) shall be determined as set forth in paragraphs (2) 
    and (3) of subsection (e).
    ``(e) Appropriations of $2,700,000 or More.--
        ``(1) Population basis.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), 
    with respect to each fiscal year in which the amount appropriated 
    under subsection (i) to carry out this section is $2,700,000 or 
    more, the Administrator shall make a grant to a protection and 
    advocacy system within each State.
        ``(2) Amount.--The amount of a grant provided to a system under 
    paragraph (1) shall be equal to an amount bearing the same ratio to 
    the total amount appropriated for the fiscal year involved under 
    subsection (i) as the population of the State in which the grantee 
    is located bears to the population of all States.
        ``(3) Minimums.--Subject to the availability of appropriations, 
    the amount of a grant a protection and advocacy system under 
    paragraph (1) for a fiscal year shall--
            ``(A) in the case of a protection and advocacy system 
        located in American Samoa, Guam, the United States Virgin 
        Islands, or the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, 
        and the protection and advocacy system serving the American 
        Indian consortium, not be less than $20,000; and
            ``(B) in the case of a protection and advocacy system in a 
        State not described in subparagraph (A), not be less than 
        $50,000.
        ``(4) Inflation adjustment.--For each fiscal year in which the 
    total amount appropriated under subsection (i) to carry out this 
    section is $5,000,000 or more, and such appropriated amount exceeds 
    the total amount appropriated to carry out this section in the 
    preceding fiscal year, the Administrator shall increase each of the 
    minimum grants amount described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of 
    paragraph (3) by a percentage equal to the percentage increase in 
    the total amount appropriated under subsection (i) to carry out 
    this section between the preceding fiscal year and the fiscal year 
    involved.
    ``(f) Carryover.--Any amount paid to a protection and advocacy 
system that serves a State or the American Indian consortium for a 
fiscal year under this section that remains unobligated at the end of 
such fiscal year shall remain available to such system for obligation 
during the next fiscal year for the purposes for which such amount was 
originally provided.
    ``(g) Direct Payment.--Notwithstanding any other provision of law, 
the Administrator shall pay directly to any protection and advocacy 
system that complies with the provisions of this section, the total 
amount of the grant for such system, unless the system provides 
otherwise for such payment.
    ``(h) Annual Report.--Each protection and advocacy system that 
receives a payment under this section shall submit an annual report to 
the Administrator concerning the services provided to individuals with 
traumatic brain injury by such system.
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, 
and such sums as may be necessary for each the fiscal years 2002 
through 2005.
    ``(j) Definitions.--In this section:
        ``(1) American indian consortium.--The term `American Indian 
    consortium' means a consortium established under part C of the 
    Developmental Disabilities Assistance Bill of Rights Act (42 U.S.C. 
    6042 et seq.).
        ``(2) Protection and advocacy system.--The term `protection and 
    advocacy system' means a protection and advocacy system established 
    under part C of the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill 
    of Rights Act (42 U.S.C. 6042 et seq.).
        ``(3) State.--The term `State', unless otherwise specified, 
    means the several States of the United States, the District of 
    Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin 
    Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Commonwealth of the Northern 
    Mariana Islands.''.

SEC. 1306. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR CERTAIN PROGRAMS.

    Section 394A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280b-3) is 
amended by striking ``and'' after ``1994'' and by inserting before the 
period the following: ``, and such sums as may be necessary for each of 
the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

             TITLE XIV--CHILD CARE SAFETY AND HEALTH GRANTS

SEC. 1401. DEFINITIONS.

    In this title:
        (1) Child with a disability; infant or toddler with a 
    disability.--The terms ``child with a disability'' and ``infant or 
    toddler with a disability'' have the meanings given the terms in 
    sections 602 and 632 of the Individuals with Disabilities Education 
    Act (20 U.S.C. 1401 and 1431).
        (2) Eligible child care provider.--The term ``eligible child 
    care provider'' means a provider of child care services for 
    compensation, including a provider of care for a school-age child 
    during non-school hours, that--
            (A) is licensed, regulated, registered, or otherwise 
        legally operating, under State and local law; and
            (B) satisfies the State and local requirements,
    applicable to the child care services the provider provides.
        (3) Secretary.--The term ``Secretary'' means the Secretary of 
    Health and Human Services.
        (4) State.--The term ``State'' means any of the several States 
    of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of 
    Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, American 
    Samoa, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.

SEC. 1402. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this title 
$200,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary 
for each subsequent fiscal year.

SEC. 1403. PROGRAMS.

    The Secretary shall make allotments to eligible States under 
section 1404. The Secretary shall make the allotments to enable the 
States to establish programs to improve the health and safety of 
children receiving child care outside the home, by preventing illnesses 
and injuries associated with that care and promoting the health and 
well-being of children receiving that care.

SEC. 1404. AMOUNTS RESERVED; ALLOTMENTS.

    (a) Amounts Reserved.--The Secretary shall reserve not more than 
one-half of 1 percent of the amount appropriated under section 1402 for 
each fiscal year to make allotments to Guam, American Samoa, the United 
States Virgin Islands, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana 
Islands to be allotted in accordance with their respective needs.
    (b) State Allotments.--
        (1) General rule.--From the amounts appropriated under section 
    1402 for each fiscal year and remaining after reservations are made 
    under subsection (a), the Secretary shall allot to each State an 
    amount equal to the sum of--
            (A) an amount that bears the same ratio to 50 percent of 
        such remainder as the product of the young child factor of the 
        State and the allotment percentage of the State bears to the 
        sum of the corresponding products for all States; and
            (B) an amount that bears the same ratio to 50 percent of 
        such remainder as the product of the school lunch factor of the 
        State and the allotment percentage of the State bears to the 
        sum of the corresponding products for all States.
        (2) Young child factor.--In this subsection, the term ``young 
    child factor'' means the ratio of the number of children under 5 
    years of age in a State to the number of such children in all 
    States, as provided by the most recent annual estimates of 
    population in the States by the Census Bureau of the Department of 
    Commerce.
        (3) School lunch factor.--In this subsection, the term ``school 
    lunch factor'' means the ratio of the number of children who are 
    receiving free or reduced price lunches under the school lunch 
    program established under the National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 
    1751 et seq.) in the State to the number of such children in all 
    States, as determined annually by the Department of Agriculture.
        (4) Allotment percentage.--
            (A) In general.--For purposes of this subsection, the 
        allotment percentage for a State shall be determined by 
        dividing the per capita income of all individuals in the United 
        States, by the per capita income of all individuals in the 
        State.
            (B) Limitations.--If an allotment percentage determined 
        under subparagraph (A) for a State--
                (i) is more than 1.2 percent, the allotment percentage 
            of the State shall be considered to be 1.2 percent; and
                (ii) is less than 0.8 percent, the allotment percentage 
            of the State shall be considered to be 0.8 percent.
            (C) Per capita income.--For purposes of subparagraph (A), 
        per capita income shall be--
                (i) determined at 2-year intervals;
                (ii) applied for the 2-year period beginning on October 
            1 of the first fiscal year beginning after the date such 
            determination is made; and
                (iii) equal to the average of the annual per capita 
            incomes for the most recent period of 3 consecutive years 
            for which satisfactory data are available from the 
            Department of Commerce on the date such determination is 
            made.
    (c) Data and Information.--The Secretary shall obtain from each 
appropriate Federal agency, the most recent data and information 
necessary to determine the allotments provided for in subsection (b).
    (d) Definition.--In this section, the term ``State'' includes only 
the several States of the United States, the District of Columbia, and 
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

SEC. 1405. STATE APPLICATIONS.

    To be eligible to receive an allotment under section 1404, a State 
shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such 
manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require. 
The application shall contain information assessing the needs of the 
State with regard to child care health and safety, the goals to be 
achieved through the program carried out by the State under this title, 
and the measures to be used to assess the progress made by the State 
toward achieving the goals.

SEC. 1406. USE OF FUNDS.

    (a) In General.--A State that receives an allotment under section 
1404 shall use the funds made available through the allotment to carry 
out two or more activities consisting of--
        (1) providing training and education to eligible child care 
    providers on preventing injuries and illnesses in children, and 
    promoting health-related practices;
        (2) strengthening licensing, regulation, or registration 
    standards for eligible child care providers;
        (3) assisting eligible child care providers in meeting 
    licensing, regulation, or registration standards, including 
    rehabilitating the facilities of the providers, in order to bring 
    the facilities into compliance with the standards;
        (4) enforcing licensing, regulation, or registration standards 
    for eligible child care providers, including holding increased 
    unannounced inspections of the facilities of those providers;
        (5) providing health consultants to provide advice to eligible 
    child care providers;
        (6) assisting eligible child care providers in enhancing the 
    ability of the providers to serve children with disabilities and 
    infants and toddlers with disabilities;
        (7) conducting criminal background checks for eligible child 
    care providers and other individuals who have contact with children 
    in the facilities of the providers;
        (8) providing information to parents on what factors to 
    consider in choosing a safe and healthy child care setting; or
        (9) assisting in improving the safety of transportation 
    practices for children enrolled in child care programs with 
    eligible child care providers.
    (b) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Funds appropriated pursuant to the 
authority of this title shall be used to supplement and not supplant 
other Federal, State, and local public funds expended to provide 
services for eligible individuals.

SEC. 1407. REPORTS.

    Each State that receives an allotment under section 1404 shall 
annually prepare and submit to the Secretary a report that describes--
        (1) the activities carried out with funds made available 
    through the allotment; and
        (2) the progress made by the State toward achieving the goals 
    described in the application submitted by the State under section 
    1405.

                   TITLE XV--HEALTHY START INITIATIVE

SEC. 1501. CONTINUATION OF HEALTHY START PROGRAM.

    Subpart I of part D of title III of the Public Health Service Act, 
as amended by section 1211 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end 
the following section:

``SEC. 330H. HEALTHY START FOR INFANTS.

    ``(a) In General.--
        ``(1) Continuation and expansion of program.--The Secretary, 
    acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and 
    Services Administration, Maternal and Child Health Bureau, shall 
    under authority of this section continue in effect the Healthy 
    Start Initiative and may, during fiscal year 2001 and subsequent 
    years, carry out such program on a national basis.
        ``(2) Definition.--For purposes of paragraph (1), the term 
    `Healthy Start Initiative' is a reference to the program that, as 
    an initiative to reduce the rate of infant mortality and improve 
    perinatal outcomes, makes grants for project areas with high annual 
    rates of infant mortality and that, prior to the effective date of 
    this section, was a demonstration program carried out under section 
    301.
        ``(3) Additional grants.--Effective upon increased funding 
    beyond fiscal year 1999 for such Initiative, additional grants may 
    be made to States to assist communities with technical assistance, 
    replication of successful projects, and State policy formation to 
    reduce infant and maternal mortality and morbidity.
    ``(b) Requirements for Making Grants.--In making grants under 
subsection (a), the Secretary shall require that applicants (in 
addition to meeting all eligibility criteria established by the 
Secretary) establish, for project areas under such subsection, 
community-based consortia of individuals and organizations (including 
agencies responsible for administering block grant programs under title 
V of the Social Security Act, consumers of project services, public 
health departments, hospitals, health centers under section 330, and 
other significant sources of health care services) that are appropriate 
for participation in projects under subsection (a).
    ``(c) Coordination.--Recipients of grants under subsection (a) 
shall coordinate their services and activities with the State agency or 
agencies that administer block grant programs under title V of the 
Social Security Act in order to promote cooperation, integration, and 
dissemination of information with Statewide systems and with other 
community services funded under the Maternal and Child Health Block 
Grant.
    ``(d) Rule of Construction.--Except to the extent inconsistent with 
this section, this section may not be construed as affecting the 
authority of the Secretary to make modifications in the program carried 
out under subsection (a).
    ``(e) Additional Services for At-Risk Pregnant Women and Infants.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary may make grants to conduct and 
    support research and to provide additional health care services for 
    pregnant women and infants, including grants to increase access to 
    prenatal care, genetic counseling, ultrasound services, and fetal 
    or other surgery.
        ``(2) Eligible project area.--The Secretary may make a grant 
    under paragraph (1) only if the geographic area in which services 
    under the grant will be provided is a geographic area in which a 
    project under subsection (a) is being carried out, and if the 
    Secretary determines that the grant will add to or expand the level 
    of health services available in such area to pregnant women and 
    infants.
        ``(3) Evaluation by general accounting office.--
            ``(A) In general.--During fiscal year 2004, the Comptroller 
        General of the United States shall conduct an evaluation of 
        activities under grants under paragraph (1) in order to 
        determine whether the activities have been effective in serving 
        the needs of pregnant women with respect to services described 
        in such paragraph. The evaluation shall include an analysis of 
        whether such activities have been effective in reducing the 
        disparity in health status between the general population and 
        individuals who are members of racial or ethnic minority 
        groups. Not later than January 10, 2004, the Comptroller 
        General shall submit to the Committee on Commerce in the House 
        of Representatives, and to the Committee on Health, Education, 
        Labor, and Pensions in the Senate, a report describing the 
        findings of the evaluation.
            ``(B) Relation to grants regarding additional services for 
        at-risk pregnant women and infants.--Before the date on which 
        the evaluation under subparagraph (A) is submitted in 
        accordance with such subparagraph--
                ``(i) the Secretary shall ensure that there are not 
            more than five grantees under paragraph (1); and
                ``(ii) an entity is not eligible to receive grants 
            under such paragraph unless the entity has substantial 
            experience in providing the health services described in 
            such paragraph.
    ``(f) Funding.--
        ``(1) General program.--
            ``(A) Authorization of appropriations.--For the purpose of 
        carrying out this section (other than subsection (e)), there 
        are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary 
        for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.
            ``(B) Allocations.--
                ``(i) Program administration.--Of the amounts 
            appropriated under subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year, the 
            Secretary may reserve up to 5 percent for coordination, 
            dissemination, technical assistance, and data activities 
            that are determined by the Secretary to be appropriate for 
            carrying out the program under this section.
                ``(ii) Evaluation.--Of the amounts appropriated under 
            subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year, the Secretary may 
            reserve up to 1 percent for evaluations of projects carried 
            out under subsection (a). Each such evaluation shall 
            include a determination of whether such projects have been 
            effective in reducing the disparity in health status 
            between the general population and individuals who are 
            members of racial or ethnic minority groups.
        ``(2) Additional services for at-risk pregnant women and 
    infants.--
            ``(A) Authorization of appropriations.--For the purpose of 
        carrying out subsection (e), there are authorized to be 
        appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the 
        fiscal years 2001 through 2005.
            ``(B) Allocation for community-based mobile health units.--
        Of the amounts appropriated under subparagraph (A) for a fiscal 
        year, the Secretary shall make available not less than 10 
        percent for providing services under subsection (e) (including 
        ultrasound services) through visits by mobile units to 
        communities that are eligible for services under subsection 
        (a).''.

        TITLE XVI--ORAL HEALTH PROMOTION AND DISEASE PREVENTION

SEC. 1601. IDENTIFICATION OF INTERVENTIONS THAT REDUCE THE BURDEN AND 
              TRANSMISSION OF ORAL, DENTAL, AND CRANIOFACIAL DISEASES 
              IN HIGH RISK POPULATIONS; DEVELOPMENT OF APPROACHES FOR 
              PEDIATRIC ORAL AND CRANIOFACIAL ASSESSMENT.

    (a) In General.--The Secretary of Health and Human Services, 
through the Maternal and Child Health Bureau, the Indian Health 
Service, and in consultation with the National Institutes of Health and 
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall--
        (1) support community-based research that is designed to 
    improve understanding of the etiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis, 
    prevention, and treatment of pediatric oral, dental, craniofacial 
    diseases and conditions and their sequelae in high risk 
    populations;
        (2) support demonstrations of preventive interventions in high 
    risk populations including nutrition, parenting, and feeding 
    techniques; and
        (3) develop clinical approaches to assess individual patients 
    for the risk of pediatric dental disease.
    (b) Compliance With State Practice Laws.--Treatment and other 
services shall be provided pursuant to this section by licensed dental 
health professionals in accordance with State practice and licensing 
laws.
    (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this section 
for each the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.

SEC. 1602. ORAL HEALTH PROMOTION AND DISEASE PREVENTION.

    Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as amended by 
section 911 of this Act, is amended by inserting after section 317L the 
following section:


              ``oral health promotion and disease prevention

    ``Sec. 317M. (a) Grants to Increase Resources for Community Water 
Fluoridation.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary, acting through the Director 
    of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may make grants 
    to States and Indian tribes for the purpose of increasing the 
    resources available for community water fluoridation.
        ``(2) Use of funds.--A State shall use amounts provided under a 
    grant under paragraph (1)--
            ``(A) to purchase fluoridation equipment;
            ``(B) to train fluoridation engineers;
            ``(C) to develop educational materials on the benefits of 
        fluoridation; or
            ``(D) to support the infrastructure necessary to monitor 
        and maintain the quality of water fluoridation.
    ``(b) Community Water Fluoridation.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary, acting through the Director 
    of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and in 
    collaboration with the Director of the Indian Health Service, shall 
    establish a demonstration project that is designed to assist rural 
    water systems in successfully implementing the water fluoridation 
    guidelines of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention that 
    are entitled `Engineering and Administrative Recommendations for 
    Water Fluoridation, 1995' (referred to in this subsection as the 
    `EARWF').
        ``(2) Requirements.--
            ``(A) Collaboration.--In collaborating under paragraph (1), 
        the Directors referred to in such paragraph shall ensure that 
        technical assistance and training are provided to tribal 
        programs located in each of the 12 areas of the Indian Health 
        Service. The Director of the Indian Health Service shall 
        provide coordination and administrative support to tribes under 
        this section.
            ``(B) General use of funds.--Amounts made available under 
        paragraph (1) shall be used to assist small water systems in 
        improving the effectiveness of water fluoridation and to meet 
        the recommendations of the EARWF.
            ``(C) Fluoridation specialists.--
                ``(i) In general.--In carrying out this subsection, the 
            Secretary shall provide for the establishment of 
            fluoridation specialist engineering positions in each of 
            the Dental Clinical and Preventive Support Centers through 
            which technical assistance and training will be provided to 
            tribal water operators, tribal utility operators and other 
            Indian Health Service personnel working directly with 
            fluoridation projects.
                ``(ii) Liaison.--A fluoridation specialist shall serve 
            as the principal technical liaison between the Indian 
            Health Service and the Centers for Disease Control and 
            Prevention with respect to engineering and fluoridation 
            issues.
                ``(iii) CDC.--The Director of the Centers for Disease 
            Control and Prevention shall appoint individuals to serve 
            as the fluoridation specialists.
            ``(D) Implementation.--The project established under this 
        subsection shall be planned, implemented and evaluated over the 
        5-year period beginning on the date on which funds are 
        appropriated under this section and shall be designed to serve 
        as a model for improving the effectiveness of water 
        fluoridation systems of small rural communities.
        ``(3) Evaluation.--In conducting the ongoing evaluation as 
    provided for in paragraph (2)(D), the Secretary shall ensure that 
    such evaluation includes--
            ``(A) the measurement of changes in water fluoridation 
        compliance levels resulting from assistance provided under this 
        section;
            ``(B) the identification of the administrative, technical 
        and operational challenges that are unique to the fluoridation 
        of small water systems;
            ``(C) the development of a practical model that may be 
        easily utilized by other tribal, State, county or local 
        governments in improving the quality of water fluoridation with 
        emphasis on small water systems; and
            ``(D) the measurement of any increased percentage of Native 
        Americans or Alaskan Natives who receive the benefits of 
        optimally fluoridated water.
    ``(c) School-Based Dental Sealant Program.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary, acting through the Director 
    of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and in 
    collaboration with the Administrator of the Health Resources and 
    Services Administration, may award grants to States and Indian 
    tribes to provide for the development of school-based dental 
    sealant programs to improve the access of children to sealants.
        ``(2) Use of funds.--A State shall use amounts received under a 
    grant under paragraph (1) to provide funds to eligible school-based 
    entities or to public elementary or secondary schools to enable 
    such entities or schools to provide children with access to dental 
    care and dental sealant services. Such services shall be provided 
    by licensed dental health professionals in accordance with State 
    practice licensing laws.
        ``(3) Eligibility.--To be eligible to receive funds under 
    paragraph (1), an entity shall--
            ``(A) prepare and submit to the State an application at 
        such time, in such manner and containing such information as 
        the State may require; and
            ``(B) be a public elementary or secondary school--
                ``(i) that is located in an urban area in which and 
            more than 50 percent of the student population is 
            participating in Federal or State free or reduced meal 
            programs; or
                ``(ii) that is located in a rural area and, with 
            respect to the school district in which the school is 
            located, the district involved has a median income that is 
            at or below 235 percent of the poverty line, as defined in 
            section 673(2) of the Community Services Block Grant Act 
            (42 U.S.C. 9902(2)).
    ``(d) Definitions.--For purposes of this section, the term `Indian 
tribe' means an Indian tribe or tribal organization as defined in 
section 4(b) and section 4(c) of the Indian Self-Determination and 
Education Assistance Act.
    ``(e) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

SEC. 1603. COORDINATED PROGRAM TO IMPROVE PEDIATRIC ORAL HEALTH.

    Part B of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 243 et seq.) is 
amended by adding at the end the following:


          ``coordinated program to improve pediatric oral health

    ``Sec. 320A. (a) In General.--The Secretary, acting through the 
Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, 
shall establish a program to fund innovative oral health activities 
that improve the oral health of children under 6 years of age who are 
eligible for services provided under a Federal health program, to 
increase the utilization of dental services by such children, and to 
decrease the incidence of early childhood and baby bottle tooth decay.
    ``(b) Grants.--The Secretary shall award grants to or enter into 
contracts with public or private nonprofit schools of dentistry or 
accredited dental training institutions or programs, community dental 
programs, and programs operated by the Indian Health Service (including 
federally recognized Indian tribes that receive medical services from 
the Indian Health Service, urban Indian health programs funded under 
title V of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act, and tribes that 
contract with the Indian Health Service pursuant to the Indian Self-
Determination and Education Assistance Act) to enable such schools, 
institutions, and programs to develop programs of oral health 
promotion, to increase training of oral health services providers in 
accordance with State practice laws, or to increase the utilization of 
dental services by eligible children.
    ``(c) Distribution.--In awarding grants under this section, the 
Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, ensure an equitable 
national geographic distribution of the grants, including areas of the 
United States where the incidence of early childhood caries is highest.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $10,000,000 for each the fiscal 
years 2001 through 2005.''.

                  TITLE XVII--VACCINE-RELATED PROGRAMS
                Subtitle A--Vaccine Compensation Program

SEC. 1701. CONTENT OF PETITIONS.

    (a) In General.--Section 2111(c)(1)(D) of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 300aa-11(c)(1)(D)) is amended by striking ``and'' at the 
end and inserting ``or (iii) suffered such illness, disability, injury, 
or condition from the vaccine which resulted in inpatient 
hospitalization and surgical intervention, and''.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendment made by subsection (a) takes 
effect upon the date of the enactment of this Act, including with 
respect to petitions under section 2111 of the Public Health Service 
Act that are pending on such date.

                  Subtitle B--Childhood Immunizations

SEC. 1711. CHILDHOOD IMMUNIZATIONS.

    Section 317(j)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
247b(j)(1)) is amended in the first sentence by striking ``1998'' and 
all that follows and inserting ``1998 through 2005.''.

                        TITLE XVIII--HEPATITIS C

SEC. 1801. SURVEILLANCE AND EDUCATION REGARDING HEPATITIS C.

    Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as amended by 
section 1602 of this Act, is amended by inserting after section 317M 
the following section:


         ``surveillance and education regarding hepatitis c virus

    ``Sec. 317N. (a) In General.--The Secretary, acting through the 
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may 
(directly and through grants to public and nonprofit private entities) 
provide for programs to carry out the following:
        ``(1) To cooperate with the States in implementing a national 
    system to determine the incidence of hepatitis C virus infection 
    (in this section referred to as `HCV infection') and to assist the 
    States in determining the prevalence of such infection, including 
    the reporting of chronic HCV cases.
        ``(2) To identify, counsel, and offer testing to individuals 
    who are at risk of HCV infection as a result of receiving blood 
    transfusions prior to July 1992, or as a result of other risk 
    factors.
        ``(3) To provide appropriate referrals for counseling, testing, 
    and medical treatment of individuals identified under paragraph (2) 
    and to ensure, to the extent practicable, the provision of 
    appropriate follow-up services.
        ``(4) To develop and disseminate public information and 
    education programs for the detection and control of HCV infection, 
    with priority given to high risk populations as determined by the 
    Secretary.
        ``(5) To improve the education, training, and skills of health 
    professionals in the detection and control of HCV infection, with 
    priority given to pediatricians and other primary care physicians, 
    and obstetricians and gynecologists.
    ``(b) Laboratory Procedures.--The Secretary may (directly and 
through grants to public and nonprofit private entities) carry out 
programs to provide for improvements in the quality of clinical-
laboratory procedures regarding hepatitis C, including reducing 
variability in laboratory results on hepatitis C antibody and PCR 
testing.
    ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

            TITLE XIX--NIH INITIATIVE ON AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES

SEC. 1901. AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES; INITIATIVE THROUGH DIRECTOR OF NATIONAL 
              INSTITUTES OF HEALTH.

    Part B of title IV of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 284 
et seq.), as amended by section 1001 of this Act, is amended by adding 
at the end the following:

``SEC. 409E. AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES.

    ``(a) Expansion, Intensification, and Coordination of Activities.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Director of NIH shall expand, intensify, 
    and coordinate research and other activities of the National 
    Institutes of Health with respect to autoimmune diseases.
        ``(2) Allocations by director of nih.--With respect to amounts 
    appropriated to carry out this section for a fiscal year, the 
    Director of NIH shall allocate the amounts among the national 
    research institutes that are carrying out paragraph (1).
        ``(3) Definition.--The term `autoimmune disease' includes, for 
    purposes of this section such diseases or disorders with evidence 
    of autoimmune pathogensis as the Secretary determines to be 
    appropriate.
    ``(b) Coordinating Committee.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall ensure that the 
    Autoimmune Diseases Coordinating Committee (referred to in this 
    section as the `Coordinating Committee') coordinates activities 
    across the National Institutes and with other Federal health 
    programs and activities relating to such diseases.
        ``(2) Composition.--The Coordinating Committee shall be 
    composed of the directors or their designees of each of the 
    national research institutes involved in research with respect to 
    autoimmune diseases and representatives of all other Federal 
    departments and agencies whose programs involve health functions or 
    responsibilities relevant to such diseases, including the Centers 
    for Disease Control and Prevention and the Food and Drug 
    Administration.
        ``(3) Chair.--
            ``(A) In general.--With respect to autoimmune diseases, the 
        Chair of the Committee shall serve as the principal advisor to 
        the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary for Health, and the 
        Director of NIH, and shall provide advice to the Director of 
        the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the 
        Commissioner of Food and Drugs, and other relevant agencies.
            ``(B) Director of nih.--The Chair of the Committee shall be 
        directly responsible to the Director of NIH.
    ``(c) Plan for NIH Activities.--
        ``(1) In general.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the 
    enactment of this section, the Coordinating Committee shall develop 
    a plan for conducting and supporting research and education on 
    autoimmune diseases through the national research institutes and 
    shall periodically review and revise the plan. The plan shall--
            ``(A) provide for a broad range of research and education 
        activities relating to biomedical, psychosocial, and 
        rehabilitative issues, including studies of the 
        disproportionate impact of such diseases on women;
            ``(B) identify priorities among the programs and activities 
        of the National Institutes of Health regarding such diseases; 
        and
            ``(C) reflect input from a broad range of scientists, 
        patients, and advocacy groups.
        ``(2) Certain elements of plan.--The plan under paragraph (1) 
    shall, with respect to autoimmune diseases, provide for the 
    following as appropriate:
            ``(A) Research to determine the reasons underlying the 
        incidence and prevalence of the diseases.
            ``(B) Basic research concerning the etiology and causes of 
        the diseases.
            ``(C) Epidemiological studies to address the frequency and 
        natural history of the diseases, including any differences 
        among the sexes and among racial and ethnic groups.
            ``(D) The development of improved screening techniques.
            ``(E) Clinical research for the development and evaluation 
        of new treatments, including new biological agents.
            ``(F) Information and education programs for health care 
        professionals and the public.
        ``(3) Implementation of plan.--The Director of NIH shall ensure 
    that programs and activities of the National Institutes of Health 
    regarding autoimmune diseases are implemented in accordance with 
    the plan under paragraph (1).
    ``(d) Reports to Congress.--The Coordinating Committee under 
subsection (b)(1) shall biennially submit to the Committee on Commerce 
of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Health, 
Education, Labor and Pensions of the Senate, a report that describes 
the research, education, and other activities on autoimmune diseases 
being conducted or supported through the national research institutes, 
and that in addition includes the following:
        ``(1) The plan under subsection (c)(1) (or revisions to the 
    plan, as the case may be).
        ``(2) Provisions specifying the amounts expended by the 
    National Institutes of Health with respect to each of the 
    autoimmune diseases included in the plan.
        ``(3) Provisions identifying particular projects or types of 
    projects that should in the future be considered by the national 
    research institutes or other entities in the field of research on 
    autoimmune diseases.
    ``(e) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005. The 
authorization of appropriations established in the preceding sentence 
is in addition to any other authorization of appropriations that is 
available for conducting or supporting through the National Institutes 
of Health research and other activities with respect to autoimmune 
diseases.''.

 TITLE XX--GRADUATE MEDICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS IN CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS

SEC. 2001. PROVISIONS TO REVISE AND EXTEND PROGRAM.

    (a) Payments.--Section 340E(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 256e(a)) is amended--
        (1) by striking ``and 2001'' and inserting ``through 2005''; 
    and
        (2) by adding at the end the following: ``The Secretary shall 
    promulgate regulations pursuant to the rulemaking requirements of 
    title 5, United States Code, which shall govern payments made under 
    this subpart.''.
    (b) Updating Rates.--Section 340E(c)(2)(F) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256e(c)(2)(F)) is amended by striking 
``hospital's cost reporting period that begins during fiscal year 
2000'' and inserting ``Federal fiscal year for which payments are 
made''.
    (c) Resident Count for Interim Payments.--Section 340E(e)(1) of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256e(e)(1)) is amended by adding 
at the end the following: ``Such interim payments to each individual 
hospital shall be based on the number of residents reported in the 
hospital's most recently filed Medicare cost report prior to the 
application date for the Federal fiscal year for which the interim 
payment amounts are established. In the case of a hospital that does 
not report residents on a Medicare cost report, such interim payments 
shall be based on the number of residents trained during the hospital's 
most recently completed Medicare cost report filing period.''.
    (d) Withholding.--Section 340E(e)(2) of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 256e(e)(2)) is amended--
        (1) by adding ``and indirect'' after ``direct''; and
        (2) by adding at the end the following: ``The Secretary shall 
    withhold up to 25 percent from each interim installment for direct 
    and indirect graduate medical education paid under paragraph (1) as 
    necessary to ensure a hospital will not be overpaid on an interim 
    basis.''.
    (e) Reconciliation.--Section 340E(e)(3) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256e(e)(3)) is amended to read as follows:
        ``(3) Reconciliation.--Prior to the end of each fiscal year, 
    the Secretary shall determine any changes to the number of 
    residents reported by a hospital in the application of the hospital 
    for the current fiscal year to determine the final amount payable 
    to the hospital for the current fiscal year for both direct expense 
    and indirect expense amounts. Based on such determination, the 
    Secretary shall recoup any overpayments made to pay any balance due 
    to the extent possible. The final amount so determined shall be 
    considered a final intermediary determination for the purposes of 
    section 1878 of the Social Security Act and shall be subject to 
    administrative and judicial review under that section in the same 
    manner as the amount of payment under section 1186(d) of such Act 
    is subject to review under such section.''.
    (f) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 340E(f) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256e(f)) is amended--
        (1) in paragraph (1)(A)--
            (A) in clause (i), by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (B) in clause (ii), by striking the period and inserting 
        ``; and''; and
            (C) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(iii) for each of the fiscal years 2002 through 2005, 
            such sums as may be necessary.''; and
        (2) in paragraph (2)--
            (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period and 
        inserting ``; and''; and
            (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(C) for each of the fiscal years 2002 through 2005, such 
        sums as may be necessary.''.
    (g) Definition of Children's Hospital.--Section 340E(g)(2) of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256e(g)(2)) is amended by striking 
``described in'' and all that follows and inserting the following: 
``with a Medicare payment agreement and which is excluded from the 
Medicare inpatient prospective payment system pursuant to section 
1886(d)(1)(B)(iii) of the Social Security Act and its accompanying 
regulations.''.

  TITLE XXI--SPECIAL NEEDS OF CHILDREN REGARDING ORGAN TRANSPLANTATION

SEC. 2101. ORGAN PROCUREMENT AND TRANSPLANTATION NETWORK; AMENDMENTS 
              REGARDING NEEDS OF CHILDREN.

    (a) In General.--Section 372(b)(2) of the Public Health Service Act 
(42 U.S.C. 274(b)(2)) is amended--
        (1) in subparagraph (J), by striking ``and'' at the end;
        (2) in each of subparagraphs (K) and (L), by striking the 
    period and inserting a comma; and
        (3) by adding at the end the following subparagraphs:
            ``(M) recognize the differences in health and in organ 
        transplantation issues between children and adults throughout 
        the system and adopt criteria, polices, and procedures that 
        address the unique health care needs of children,
            ``(N) carry out studies and demonstration projects for the 
        purpose of improving procedures for organ donation procurement 
        and allocation, including but not limited to projects to 
        examine and attempt to increase transplantation among 
        populations with special needs, including children and 
        individuals who are members of racial or ethnic minority 
        groups, and among populations with limited access to 
        transportation, and
            ``(O) provide that for purposes of this paragraph, the term 
        `children' refers to individuals who are under the age of 
        18.''.
    (b) Study Regarding Immunosuppressive Drugs.--
        (1) In general.--The Secretary of Health and Human Services 
    (referred to in this subsection as the ``Secretary'') shall provide 
    for a study to determine the costs of immunosuppressive drugs that 
    are provided to children pursuant to organ transplants and to 
    determine the extent to which health plans and health insurance 
    cover such costs. The Secretary may carry out the study directly or 
    through a grant to the Institute of Medicine (or other public or 
    nonprofit private entity).
        (2) Recommendations regarding certain issues.--The Secretary 
    shall ensure that, in addition to making determinations under 
    paragraph (1), the study under such paragraph makes recommendations 
    regarding the following issues:
            (A) The costs of immunosuppressive drugs that are provided 
        to children pursuant to organ transplants and to determine the 
        extent to which health plans, health insurance and government 
        programs cover such costs.
            (B) The extent of denial of organs to be released for 
        transplant by coroners and medical examiners.
            (C) The special growth and developmental issues that 
        children have pre- and post-organ transplantation.
            (D) Other issues that are particular to the special health 
        and transplantation needs of children.
        (3) Report.--The Secretary shall ensure that, not later than 
    December 31, 2001, the study under paragraph (1) is completed and a 
    report describing the findings of the study is submitted to the 
    Congress.

                TITLE XXII--MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY RESEARCH

SEC. 2201. MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY RESEARCH.

    Part B of title IV of the Public Health Service Act, as amended by 
section 1901 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end the 
following:


                      ``muscular dystrophy research

    ``Sec. 409F. (a) Coordination of Activities.--The Director of NIH 
shall expand and increase coordination in the activities of the 
National Institutes of Health with respect to research on muscular 
dystrophies, including Duchenne muscular dystrophy.
    ``(b) Administration of Program; Collaboration Among Agencies.--The 
Director of NIH shall carry out this section through the appropriate 
institutes, including the National Institute of Neurological Disorders 
and Stroke and in collaboration with any other agencies that the 
Director determines appropriate.
    ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this section 
for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005. Amounts appropriated 
under this subsection shall be in addition to any other amounts 
appropriated for such purpose.''.

         TITLE XXIII--CHILDREN AND TOURETTE SYNDROME AWARENESS

SEC. 2301. GRANTS REGARDING TOURETTE SYNDROME.

    Part A of title XI of the Public Health Service Act is amended by 
adding at the end the following section:


                           ``tourette syndrome

    ``Sec. 1108. (a) In General.--The Secretary shall develop and 
implement outreach programs to educate the public, health care 
providers, educators and community based organizations about the 
etiology, symptoms, diagnosis and treatment of Tourette Syndrome, with 
a particular emphasis on children with Tourette Syndrome. Such programs 
may be carried out by the Secretary directly and through awards of 
grants or contracts to public or nonprofit private entities.
    ``(b) Certain Activities.--Activities under subsection (a) shall 
include--
        ``(1) the production and translation of educational materials, 
    including public service announcements;
        ``(2) the development of training material for health care 
    providers, educators and community based organizations; and
        ``(3) outreach efforts directed at the misdiagnosis and 
    underdiagnosis of Tourette Syndrome in children and in minority 
    groups.
    ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

                TITLE XXIV--CHILDHOOD OBESITY PREVENTION

SEC. 2401. PROGRAMS OPERATED THROUGH THE CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL 
              AND PREVENTION.

    Title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 241 et seq.), 
as amended by section 1101 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end 
the following part:

          ``PART Q--PROGRAMS TO IMPROVE THE HEALTH OF CHILDREN

``SEC. 399W. GRANTS TO PROMOTE CHILDHOOD NUTRITION AND PHYSICAL 
              ACTIVITY.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary, acting though the Director of the 
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall award competitive 
grants to States and political subdivisions of States for the 
development and implementation of State and community-based 
intervention programs to promote good nutrition and physical activity 
in children and adolescents.
    ``(b) Eligibility.--To be eligible to receive a grant under this 
section a State or political subdivision of a State shall prepare and 
submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, 
and containing such information as the Secretary may require, including 
a plan that describes--
        ``(1) how the applicant proposes to develop a comprehensive 
    program of school- and community-based approaches to encourage and 
    promote good nutrition and appropriate levels of physical activity 
    with respect to children or adolescents in local communities;
        ``(2) the manner in which the applicant shall coordinate with 
    appropriate State and local authorities, such as State and local 
    school departments, State departments of health, chronic disease 
    directors, State directors of programs under section 17 of the 
    Child Nutrition Act of 1966, 5-a-day coordinators, governors 
    councils for physical activity and good nutrition, and State and 
    local parks and recreation departments; and
        ``(3) the manner in which the applicant will evaluate the 
    effectiveness of the program carried out under this section.
    ``(c) Use of Funds.--A State or political subdivision of a State 
shall use amount received under a grant under this section to--
        ``(1) develop, implement, disseminate, and evaluate school- and 
    community-based strategies in States to reduce inactivity and 
    improve dietary choices among children and adolescents;
        ``(2) expand opportunities for physical activity programs in 
    school- and community-based settings; and
        ``(3) develop, implement, and evaluate programs that promote 
    good eating habits and physical activity including opportunities 
    for children with cognitive and physical disabilities.
    ``(d) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary may set-aside an amount 
not to exceed 10 percent of the amount appropriated for a fiscal year 
under subsection (h) to permit the Director of the Centers for Disease 
Control and Prevention to--
        ``(1) provide States and political subdivisions of States with 
    technical support in the development and implementation of programs 
    under this section; and
        ``(2) disseminate information about effective strategies and 
    interventions in preventing and treating obesity through the 
    promotion of good nutrition and physical activity.
    ``(e) Limitation on Administrative Costs.--Not to exceed 10 percent 
of the amount of a grant awarded to the State or political subdivision 
under subsection (a) for a fiscal year may be used by the State or 
political subdivision for administrative expenses.
    ``(f) Term.--A grant awarded under subsection (a) shall be for a 
term of 3 years.
    ``(g) Definition.--In this section, the term `children and 
adolescents' means individuals who do not exceed 18 years of age.
    ``(h) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.

``SEC. 399X. APPLIED RESEARCH PROGRAM.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary, acting through the Centers for 
Disease Control and Prevention and in consultation with the Director of 
the National Institutes of Health, shall--
        ``(1) conduct research to better understand the relationship 
    between physical activity, diet, and health and factors that 
    influence health-related behaviors;
        ``(2) develop and evaluate strategies for the prevention and 
    treatment of obesity to be used in community-based interventions 
    and by health professionals;
        ``(3) develop and evaluate strategies for the prevention and 
    treatment of eating disorders, such as anorexia and bulimia;
        ``(4) conduct research to establish the prevalence, 
    consequences, and costs of childhood obesity and its effects in 
    adulthood;
        ``(5) identify behaviors and risk factors that contribute to 
    obesity;
        ``(6) evaluate materials and programs to provide nutrition 
    education to parents and teachers of children in child care or pre-
    school and the food service staff of such child care and pre-school 
    entities; and
        ``(7) evaluate materials and programs that are designed to 
    educate and encourage physical activity in child care and pre-
    school facilities.
    ``(b) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.

``SEC. 399Y. EDUCATION CAMPAIGN.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary, acting through the Director of 
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and in collaboration 
with national, State, and local partners, physical activity 
organizations, nutrition experts, and health professional 
organizations, shall develop a national public campaign to promote and 
educate children and their parents concerning--
        ``(1) the health risks associated with obesity, inactivity, and 
    poor nutrition;
        ``(2) ways in which to incorporate physical activity into daily 
    living; and
        ``(3) the benefits of good nutrition and strategies to improve 
    eating habits.
    ``(b) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.

``SEC. 399Z. HEALTH PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary, acting through the Director of 
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in collaboration with 
the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration 
and the heads of other agencies, and in consultation with appropriate 
health professional associations, shall develop and carry out a program 
to educate and train health professionals in effective strategies to--
        ``(1) better identify and assess patients with obesity or an 
    eating disorder or patients at-risk of becoming obese or developing 
    an eating disorder;
        ``(2) counsel, refer, or treat patients with obesity or an 
    eating disorder; and
        ``(3) educate patients and their families about effective 
    strategies to improve dietary habits and establish appropriate 
    levels of physical activity.
    ``(b) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.

   TITLE XXV--EARLY DETECTION AND TREATMENT REGARDING CHILDHOOD LEAD 
                               POISONING

SEC. 2501. CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND PREVENTION EFFORTS TO COMBAT 
              CHILDHOOD LEAD POISONING.

    (a) Requirements for Lead Poisoning Prevention Grantees.--Section 
317A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247b-1) is amended--
        (1) in subsection (d)--
            (A) by redesignating paragraph (7) as paragraph (8); and
            (B) by inserting after paragraph (6) the following:
        ``(7) Assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the 
    applicant will ensure complete and consistent reporting of all 
    blood lead test results from laboratories and health care providers 
    to State and local health departments in accordance with guidelines 
    of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for standardized 
    reporting as described in subsection (m).''; and
        (2) in subsection (j)(2)--
            (A) in subparagraph (F) by striking ``(E)'' and inserting 
        ``(F)'';
            (B) by redesignating subparagraph (F) as subparagraph (G); 
        and
            (C) by inserting after subparagraph (E) the following:
            ``(F) The number of grantees that have established systems 
        to ensure mandatory reporting of all blood lead tests from 
        laboratories and health care providers to State and local 
        health departments.''.
    (b) Guidelines for Standardized Reporting.--Section 317A of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247b-1) is amended by adding at 
the end the following:
    ``(m) Guidelines for Standardized Reporting.--The Secretary, acting 
through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 
shall develop national guidelines for the uniform reporting of all 
blood lead test results to State and local health departments.''.
    (c) Development and Implementation of Effective Data Management by 
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.--
        (1) In general.--The Director of the Centers for Disease 
    Control and Prevention shall--
            (A) assist with the improvement of data linkages between 
        State and local health departments and between State health 
        departments and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention;
            (B) assist States with the development of flexible, 
        comprehensive State-based data management systems for the 
        surveillance of children with lead poisoning that have the 
        capacity to contribute to a national data set;
            (C) assist with the improvement of the ability of State-
        based data management systems and federally-funded means-tested 
        public benefit programs (including the special supplemental 
        food program for women, infants and children (WIC) under 
        section 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786) 
        and the early head start program under section 645A of the Head 
        Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9840a(h)) to respond to ad hoc inquiries 
        and generate progress reports regarding the lead blood level 
        screening of children enrolled in those programs;
            (D) assist States with the establishment of a capacity for 
        assessing how many children enrolled in the Medicaid, WIC, 
        early head start, and other federally-funded means-tested 
        public benefit programs are being screened for lead poisoning 
        at age-appropriate intervals;
            (E) use data obtained as result of activities under this 
        section to formulate or revise existing lead blood screening 
        and case management policies; and
            (F) establish performance measures for evaluating State and 
        local implementation of the requirements and improvements 
        described in subparagraphs (A) through (E).
        (2) Authorization of appropriations.--There are authorized to 
    be appropriated to carry out this subsection such sums as may be 
    necessary for each the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.
        (3) Effective date.--This subsection takes effect on the date 
    of the enactment of this Act.

SEC. 2502. GRANTS FOR LEAD POISONING RELATED ACTIVITIES.

    (a) In General.--Part B of title III of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 243 et seq.), as amended by section 1801 of this Act, is 
amended by inserting after section 317N the following section:


              ``grants for lead poisoning related activities

    ``Sec. 317O. (a) Authority To Make Grants.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall make grants to States to 
    support public health activities in States and localities where 
    data suggests that at least 5 percent of preschool-age children 
    have an elevated blood lead level through--
            ``(A) effective, ongoing outreach and community education 
        targeted to families most likely to be at risk for lead 
        poisoning;
            ``(B) individual family education activities that are 
        designed to reduce ongoing exposures to lead for children with 
        elevated blood lead levels, including through home visits and 
        coordination with other programs designed to identify and treat 
        children at risk for lead poisoning; and
            ``(C) the development, coordination and implementation of 
        community-based approaches for comprehensive lead poisoning 
        prevention from surveillance to lead hazard control.
        ``(2) State match.--A State is not eligible for a grant under 
    this section unless the State agrees to expend (through State or 
    local funds) $1 for every $2 provided under the grant to carry out 
    the activities described in paragraph (1).
        ``(3) Application.--To be eligible to receive a grant under 
    this section, a State shall submit an application to the Secretary 
    in such form and manner and containing such information as the 
    Secretary may require.
    ``(b) Coordination With Other Children's Programs.--A State shall 
identify in the application for a grant under this section how the 
State will coordinate operations and activities under the grant with--
        ``(1) other programs operated in the State that serve children 
    with elevated blood lead levels, including any such programs 
    operated under title V, XIX, or XXI of the Social Security Act; and
        ``(2) one or more of the following--
            ``(A) the child welfare and foster care and adoption 
        assistance programs under parts B and E of title IV of such 
        Act;
            ``(B) the head start program established under the Head 
        Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9831 et seq.);
            ``(C) the program of assistance under the special 
        supplemental nutrition program for women, infants and children 
        (WIC) under section 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 
        U.S.C. 1786);
            ``(D) local public and private elementary or secondary 
        schools; or
            ``(E) public housing agencies, as defined in section 3 of 
        the United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437a).
    ``(c) Performance Measures.--The Secretary shall establish needs 
indicators and performance measures to evaluate the activities carried 
out under grants awarded under this section. Such indicators shall be 
commensurate with national measures of maternal and child health 
programs and shall be developed in consultation with the Director of 
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.''.
    (b) Conforming Amendment.--Section 340D(c)(1) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256d(c)(1)) is amended by striking ``317E'' and 
inserting ``317F''.

SEC. 2503. TRAINING AND REPORTS BY THE HEALTH RESOURCES AND SERVICES 
              ADMINISTRATION.

    (a) Training.--The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting 
through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services 
Administration and in collaboration with the Administrator of the 
Health Care Financing Administration and the Director of the Centers 
for Disease Control and Prevention, shall conduct education and 
training programs for physicians and other health care providers 
regarding childhood lead poisoning, current screening and treatment 
recommendations and requirements, and the scientific, medical, and 
public health basis for those policies.
    (b) Report.--The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting 
through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services 
Administration, annually shall report to Congress on the number of 
children who received services through health centers established under 
section 330 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254b) and 
received a blood lead screening test during the prior fiscal year, 
noting the percentage that such children represent as compared to all 
children who received services through such health centers.
    (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for each the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.

SEC. 2504. SCREENINGS, REFERRALS, AND EDUCATION REGARDING LEAD 
              POISONING.

    Section 317A(l)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
247b-1(l)(1)) is amended by striking ``1994'' and all that follows and 
inserting ``1994 through 2005.''.

             TITLE XXVI--SCREENING FOR HERITABLE DISORDERS

SEC. 2601. PROGRAM TO IMPROVE THE ABILITY OF STATES TO PROVIDE NEWBORN 
              AND CHILD SCREENING FOR HERITABLE DISORDERS.

    Part A of title XI of the Public Health Service Act, as amended by 
section 2301 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end the 
following:

``SEC. 1109. IMPROVED NEWBORN AND CHILD SCREENING FOR HERITABLE 
              DISORDERS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants to eligible 
entities to enhance, improve or expand the ability of State and local 
public health agencies to provide screening, counseling or health care 
services to newborns and children having or at risk for heritable 
disorders.
    ``(b) Use of Funds.--Amounts provided under a grant awarded under 
subsection (a) shall be used to--
        ``(1) establish, expand, or improve systems or programs to 
    provide screening, counseling, testing or specialty services for 
    newborns and children at risk for heritable disorders;
        ``(2) establish, expand, or improve programs or services to 
    reduce mortality or morbidity from heritable disorders;
        ``(3) establish, expand, or improve systems or programs to 
    provide information and counseling on available therapies for 
    newborns and children with heritable disorders;
        ``(4) improve the access of medically underserved populations 
    to screening, counseling, testing and specialty services for 
    newborns and children having or at risk for heritable disorders; or
        ``(5) conduct such other activities as may be necessary to 
    enable newborns and children having or at risk for heritable 
    disorders to receive screening, counseling, testing or specialty 
    services, regardless of income, race, color, religion, sex, 
    national origin, age, or disability.
    ``(c) Eligible Entities.--To be eligible to receive a grant under 
subsection (a) an entity shall--
        ``(1) be a State or political subdivision of a State, or a 
    consortium of two or more States or political subdivisions of 
    States; and
        ``(2) prepare and submit to the Secretary an application that 
    includes--
            ``(A) a plan to use amounts awarded under the grant to meet 
        specific health status goals and objectives relative to 
        heritable disorders, including attention to needs of medically 
        underserved populations;
            ``(B) a plan for the collection of outcome data or other 
        methods of evaluating the degree to which amounts awarded under 
        this grant will be used to achieve the goals and objectives 
        identified under subparagraph (A);
            ``(C) a plan for monitoring and ensuring the quality of 
        services provided under the grant;
            ``(D) an assurance that amounts awarded under the grant 
        will be used only to implement the approved plan for the State;
            ``(E) an assurance that the provision of services under the 
        plan is coordinated with services provided under programs 
        implemented in the State under title V, XVIII, XIX, XX, or XXI 
        of the Social Security Act (subject to Federal regulations 
        applicable to such programs) so that the coverage of services 
        under such titles is not substantially diminished by the use of 
        granted funds; and
            ``(F) such other information determined by the Secretary to 
        be necessary.
    ``(d) Limitation.--An eligible entity may not use amounts received 
under this section to--
        ``(1) provide cash payments to or on behalf of affected 
    individuals;
        ``(2) provide inpatient services;
        ``(3) purchase land or make capital improvements to property; 
    or
        ``(4) provide for proprietary research or training.
    ``(e) Voluntary Participation.--The participation by any individual 
in any program or portion thereof established or operated with funds 
received under this section shall be wholly voluntary and shall not be 
a prerequisite to eligibility for or receipt of any other service or 
assistance from, or to participation in, another Federal or State 
program.
    ``(f) Supplement Not Supplant.--Funds appropriated under this 
section shall be used to supplement and not supplant other Federal, 
State, and local public funds provided for activities of the type 
described in this section.
    ``(g) Publication.--
        ``(1) In general.--An application submitted under subsection 
    (c)(2) shall be made public by the State in such a manner as to 
    facilitate comment from any person, including through hearings and 
    other methods used to facilitate comments from the public.
        ``(2) Comments.--Comments received by the State after the 
    publication described in paragraph (1) shall be addressed in the 
    application submitted under subsection (c)(2).
    ``(h) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide to 
entities receiving grants under subsection (a) such technical 
assistance as may be necessary to ensure the quality of programs 
conducted under this section.
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.

``SEC. 1110. EVALUATING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF NEWBORN AND CHILD 
              SCREENING PROGRAMS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants to eligible 
entities to provide for the conduct of demonstration programs to 
evaluate the effectiveness of screening, counseling or health care 
services in reducing the morbidity and mortality caused by heritable 
disorders in newborns and children.
    ``(b) Demonstration Programs.--A demonstration program conducted 
under a grant under this section shall be designed to evaluate and 
assess, within the jurisdiction of the entity receiving such grant--
        ``(1) the effectiveness of screening, counseling, testing or 
    specialty services for newborns and children at risk for heritable 
    disorders in reducing the morbidity and mortality associated with 
    such disorders;
        ``(2) the effectiveness of screening, counseling, testing or 
    specialty services in accurately and reliably diagnosing heritable 
    disorders in newborns and children; or
        ``(3) the availability of screening, counseling, testing or 
    specialty services for newborns and children at risk for heritable 
    disorders.
    ``(c) Eligible Entities.--To be eligible to receive a grant under 
subsection (a) an entity shall be a State or political subdivision of a 
State, or a consortium of two or more States or political subdivisions 
of States.

``SEC. 1111. ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON HERITABLE DISORDERS IN NEWBORNS AND 
              CHILDREN.

    ``(a) Establishment.--The Secretary shall establish an advisory 
committee to be known as the `Advisory Committee on Heritable Disorders 
in Newborns and Children' (referred to in this section as the `Advisory 
Committee').
    ``(b) Duties.--The Advisory Committee shall--
        ``(1) provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary 
    concerning grants and projects awarded or funded under section 
    1109;
        ``(2) provide technical information to the Secretary for the 
    development of policies and priorities for the administration of 
    grants under section 1109; and
        ``(3) provide such recommendations, advice or information as 
    may be necessary to enhance, expand or improve the ability of the 
    Secretary to reduce the mortality or morbidity from heritable 
    disorders.
    ``(c) Membership.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall appoint not to exceed 15 
    members to the Advisory Committee. In appointing such members, the 
    Secretary shall ensure that the total membership of the Advisory 
    Committee is an odd number.
        ``(2) Required members.--The Secretary shall appoint to the 
    Advisory Committee under paragraph (1)--
            ``(A) the Administrator of the Health Resources and 
        Services Administration;
            ``(B) the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and 
        Prevention;
            ``(C) the Director of the National Institutes of Health;
            ``(D) the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research 
        and Quality;
            ``(E) medical, technical, or scientific professionals with 
        special expertise in heritable disorders, or in providing 
        screening, counseling, testing or specialty services for 
        newborns and children at risk for heritable disorders;
            ``(F) members of the public having special expertise about 
        or concern with heritable disorders; and
            ``(G) representatives from such Federal agencies, public 
        health constituencies, and medical professional societies as 
        determined to be necessary by the Secretary, to fulfill the 
        duties of the Advisory Committee, as established under 
        subsection (b).''.

              TITLE XXVII--PEDIATRIC RESEARCH PROTECTIONS

SEC. 2701. REQUIREMENT FOR ADDITIONAL PROTECTIONS FOR CHILDREN INVOLVED 
              IN RESEARCH.

    Notwithstanding any other provision of law, not later than 6 months 
after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health 
and Human Services shall require that all research involving children 
that is conducted, supported, or regulated by the Department of Health 
and Human Services be in compliance with subpart D of part 46 of title 
45, Code of Federal Regulations.

                 TITLE XXVIII--MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SEC. 2801. REPORT REGARDING RESEARCH ON RARE DISEASES IN CHILDREN.

    Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this 
Act, the Director of the National Institutes of Health shall submit to 
the Congress a report on--
        (1) the activities that, during fiscal year 2000, were 
    conducted and supported by such Institutes with respect to rare 
    diseases in children, including Friedreich's ataxia and Hutchinson-
    Gilford progeria syndrome; and
        (2) the activities that are planned to be conducted and 
    supported by such Institutes with respect to such diseases during 
    the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.

SEC. 2802. STUDY ON METABOLIC DISORDERS.

    (a) In General.--The Secretary of Health and Human Services (in 
this section referred to as the ``Secretary'') shall, in consultation 
with relevant experts or through the Institute of Medicine, study 
issues related to treatment of PKU and other metabolic disorders for 
children, adolescents, and adults, and mechanisms to assure access to 
effective treatment, including special diets, for children and others 
with PKU and other metabolic disorders. Such mechanisms shall be 
evidence-based and reflect the best scientific knowledge regarding 
effective treatment and prevention of disease progression.
    (b) Dissemination of Results.--Upon completion of the study 
referred to in subsection (a), the Secretary shall disseminate and 
otherwise make available the results of the study to interested groups 
and organizations, including insurance commissioners, employers, 
private insurers, health care professionals, State and local public 
health agencies, and State agencies that carry out the Medicaid program 
under title XIX of the Social Security Act or the State children's 
health insurance program under title XXI of such Act.
    (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2003.

                       TITLE XXIX--EFFECTIVE DATE

SEC. 2901. EFFECTIVE DATE.

    This division and the amendments made by this division take effect 
October 1, 2000, or upon the date of the enactment of this Act, 
whichever occurs later.

           DIVISION B--YOUTH DRUG AND MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES

SEC. 3001. SHORT TITLE.

    This division may be cited as the ``Youth Drug and Mental Health 
Services Act''.

     TITLE XXXI--PROVISIONS RELATING TO SERVICES FOR CHILDREN AND 
                              ADOLESCENTS

SEC. 3101. CHILDREN AND VIOLENCE.

    Title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa et seq.) 
is amended by adding at the end the following:

              ``Part G--Projects for Children and Violence

``SEC. 581. CHILDREN AND VIOLENCE.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary, in consultation with the 
Secretary of Education and the Attorney General, shall carry out 
directly or through grants, contracts or cooperative agreements with 
public entities a program to assist local communities in developing 
ways to assist children in dealing with violence.
    ``(b) Activities.--Under the program under subsection (a), the 
Secretary may--
        ``(1) provide financial support to enable local communities to 
    implement programs to foster the health and development of 
    children;
        ``(2) provide technical assistance to local communities with 
    respect to the development of programs described in paragraph (1);
        ``(3) provide assistance to local communities in the 
    development of policies to address violence when and if it occurs;
        ``(4) assist in the creation of community partnerships among 
    law enforcement, education systems and mental health and substance 
    abuse service systems; and
        ``(5) establish mechanisms for children and adolescents to 
    report incidents of violence or plans by other children or 
    adolescents to commit violence.
    ``(c) Requirements.--An application for a grant, contract or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall demonstrate that--
        ``(1) the applicant will use amounts received to create a 
    partnership described in subsection (b)(4) to address issues of 
    violence in schools;
        ``(2) the activities carried out by the applicant will provide 
    a comprehensive method for addressing violence, that will include--
            ``(A) security;
            ``(B) educational reform;
            ``(C) the review and updating of school policies;
            ``(D) alcohol and drug abuse prevention and early 
        intervention services;
            ``(E) mental health prevention and treatment services; and
            ``(F) early childhood development and psychosocial 
        services; and
        ``(3) the applicant will use amounts received only for the 
    services described in subparagraphs (D), (E), and (F) of paragraph 
    (2).
    ``(d) Geographical Distribution.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
grants, contracts or cooperative agreements under subsection (a) will 
be distributed equitably among the regions of the country and among 
urban and rural areas.
    ``(e) Duration of Awards.--With respect to a grant, contract or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a), the period during which 
payments under such an award will be made to the recipient may not 
exceed 5 years.
    ``(f) Evaluation.--The Secretary shall conduct an evaluation of 
each project carried out under this section and shall disseminate the 
results of such evaluations to appropriate public and private entities.
    ``(g) Information and Education.--The Secretary shall establish 
comprehensive information and education programs to disseminate the 
findings of the knowledge development and application under this 
section to the general public and to health care professionals.
    ``(h) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section, $100,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2002 
and 2003.

``SEC. 582. GRANTS TO ADDRESS THE PROBLEMS OF PERSONS WHO EXPERIENCE 
              VIOLENCE RELATED STRESS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants, contracts or 
cooperative agreements to public and nonprofit private entities, as 
well as to Indian tribes and tribal organizations, for the purpose of 
developing programs focusing on the behavioral and biological aspects 
of psychological trauma response and for developing knowledge with 
regard to evidence-based practices for treating psychiatric disorders 
of children and youth resulting from witnessing or experiencing a 
traumatic event.
    ``(b) Priorities.--In awarding grants, contracts or cooperative 
agreements under subsection (a) related to the development of knowledge 
on evidence-based practices for treating disorders associated with 
psychological trauma, the Secretary shall give priority to mental 
health agencies and programs that have established clinical and basic 
research experience in the field of trauma-related mental disorders.
    ``(c) Geographical Distribution.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
grants, contracts or cooperative agreements under subsection (a) with 
respect to centers of excellence are distributed equitably among the 
regions of the country and among urban and rural areas.
    ``(d) Evaluation.--The Secretary, as part of the application 
process, shall require that each applicant for a grant, contract or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) submit a plan for the 
rigorous evaluation of the activities funded under the grant, contract 
or agreement, including both process and outcomes evaluation, and the 
submission of an evaluation at the end of the project period.
    ``(e) Duration of Awards.--With respect to a grant, contract or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a), the period during which 
payments under such an award will be made to the recipient may not 
exceed 5 years. Such grants, contracts or agreements may be renewed.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section, $50,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2002 
and 2003.''.

SEC. 3102. EMERGENCY RESPONSE.

    Section 501 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa) is 
amended--
        (1) by redesignating subsection (m) as subsection (o);
        (2) by inserting after subsection (l) the following:
    ``(m) Emergency Response.--
        ``(1) In general.--Notwithstanding section 504 and except as 
    provided in paragraph (2), the Secretary may use not to exceed 2.5 
    percent of all amounts appropriated under this title for a fiscal 
    year to make noncompetitive grants, contracts or cooperative 
    agreements to public entities to enable such entities to address 
    emergency substance abuse or mental health needs in local 
    communities.
        ``(2) Exceptions.--Amounts appropriated under part C shall not 
    be subject to paragraph (1).
        ``(3) Emergencies.--The Secretary shall establish criteria for 
    determining that a substance abuse or mental health emergency 
    exists and publish such criteria in the Federal Register prior to 
    providing funds under this subsection.
    ``(n) Limitation on the Use of Certain Information.--No 
information, if an establishment or person supplying the information or 
described in it is identifiable, obtained in the course of activities 
undertaken or supported under section 505 may be used for any purpose 
other than the purpose for which it was supplied unless such 
establishment or person has consented (as determined under regulations 
of the Secretary) to its use for such other purpose. Such information 
may not be published or released in other form if the person who 
supplied the information or who is described in it is identifiable 
unless such person has consented (as determined under regulations of 
the Secretary) to its publication or release in other form.''; and
        (3) in subsection (o) (as so redesignated), by striking 
    ``1993'' and all that follows through the period and inserting 
    ``2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal 
    years 2002 and 2003.''.

SEC. 3103. HIGH RISK YOUTH REAUTHORIZATION.

    Section 517(h) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-
23(h)) is amended by striking ``$70,000,000'' and all that follows 
through ``1994'' and inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for each 
of the fiscal years 2001 through 2003''.

SEC. 3104. SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT SERVICES FOR CHILDREN AND 
              ADOLESCENTS.

    (a) Substance Abuse Treatment Services.--Subpart 1 of part B of 
title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb et seq.) is 
amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 514. SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT SERVICES FOR CHILDREN AND 
              ADOLESCENTS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, or 
cooperative agreements to public and private nonprofit entities, 
including Native Alaskan entities and Indian tribes and tribal 
organizations, for the purpose of providing substance abuse treatment 
services for children and adolescents.
    ``(b) Priority.--In awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative 
agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority to 
applicants who propose to--
        ``(1) apply evidenced-based and cost effective methods for the 
    treatment of substance abuse among children and adolescents;
        ``(2) coordinate the provision of treatment services with other 
    social service agencies in the community, including educational, 
    juvenile justice, child welfare, and mental health agencies;
        ``(3) provide a continuum of integrated treatment services, 
    including case management, for children and adolescents with 
    substance abuse disorders and their families;
        ``(4) provide treatment that is gender-specific and culturally 
    appropriate;
        ``(5) involve and work with families of children and 
    adolescents receiving treatment;
        ``(6) provide aftercare services for children and adolescents 
    and their families after completion of substance abuse treatment; 
    and
        ``(7) address the relationship between substance abuse and 
    violence.
    ``(c) Duration of Grants.--The Secretary shall award grants, 
contracts, or cooperative agreements under subsection (a) for periods 
not to exceed 5 fiscal years.
    ``(d) Application.--An entity desiring a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit an application 
to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such 
information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
    ``(e) Evaluation.--An entity that receives a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit, in the 
application for such grant, contract, or cooperative agreement, a plan 
for the evaluation of any project undertaken with funds provided under 
this section. Such entity shall provide the Secretary with periodic 
evaluations of the progress of such project and such evaluation at the 
completion of such project as the Secretary determines to be 
appropriate.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section, $40,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2002 and 2003.

``SEC. 514A. EARLY INTERVENTION SERVICES FOR CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, or 
cooperative agreements to public and private nonprofit entities, 
including local educational agencies (as defined in section 14101 of 
the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 8801)), 
for the purpose of providing early intervention substance abuse 
services for children and adolescents.
    ``(b) Priority.--In awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative 
agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority to 
applicants who demonstrate an ability to--
        ``(1) screen for and assess substance use and abuse by children 
    and adolescents;
        ``(2) make appropriate referrals for children and adolescents 
    who are in need of treatment for substance abuse;
        ``(3) provide early intervention services, including counseling 
    and ancillary services, that are designed to meet the developmental 
    needs of children and adolescents who are at risk for substance 
    abuse; and
        ``(4) develop networks with the educational, juvenile justice, 
    social services, and other agencies and organizations in the State 
    or local community involved that will work to identify children and 
    adolescents who are in need of substance abuse treatment services.
    ``(c) Condition.--In awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative 
agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall ensure that such 
grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements are allocated, subject to 
the availability of qualified applicants, among the principal 
geographic regions of the United States, to Indian tribes and tribal 
organizations, and to urban and rural areas.
    ``(d) Duration of Grants.--The Secretary shall award grants, 
contracts, or cooperative agreements under subsection (a) for periods 
not to exceed 5 fiscal years.
    ``(e) Application.--An entity desiring a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit an application 
to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such 
information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
    ``(f) Evaluation.--An entity that receives a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit, in the 
application for such grant, contract, or cooperative agreement, a plan 
for the evaluation of any project undertaken with funds provided under 
this section. Such entity shall provide the Secretary with periodic 
evaluations of the progress of such project and such evaluation at the 
completion of such project as the Secretary determines to be 
appropriate.
    ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section, $20,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2002 and 
2003.''.
    (b) Youth Interagency Centers.--Subpart 3 of part B of title V of 
the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.) is amended 
by adding the following:

``SEC. 520C. YOUTH INTERAGENCY RESEARCH, TRAINING, AND TECHNICAL 
              ASSISTANCE CENTERS.

    ``(a) Program Authorized.--The Secretary, acting through the 
Administrator of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services 
Administration, and in consultation with the Administrator of the 
Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, the Director of 
the Bureau of Justice Assistance and the Director of the National 
Institutes of Health, shall award grants or contracts to public or 
nonprofit private entities to establish not more than four research, 
training, and technical assistance centers to carry out the activities 
described in subsection (c).
    ``(b) Application.--A public or private nonprofit entity desiring a 
grant or contract under subsection (a) shall prepare and submit an 
application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and 
containing such information as the Secretary may require.
    ``(c) Authorized Activities.--A center established under a grant or 
contract under subsection (a) shall--
        ``(1) provide training with respect to state-of-the-art mental 
    health and justice-related services and successful mental health 
    and substance abuse-justice collaborations that focus on children 
    and adolescents, to public policymakers, law enforcement 
    administrators, public defenders, police, probation officers, 
    judges, parole officials, jail administrators and mental health and 
    substance abuse providers and administrators;
        ``(2) engage in research and evaluations concerning State and 
    local justice and mental health systems, including system redesign 
    initiatives, and disseminate information concerning the results of 
    such evaluations;
        ``(3) provide direct technical assistance, including assistance 
    provided through toll-free telephone numbers, concerning issues 
    such as how to accommodate individuals who are being processed 
    through the courts under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 
    1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.), what types of mental health or 
    substance abuse service approaches are effective within the 
    judicial system, and how community-based mental health or substance 
    abuse services can be more effective, including relevant regional, 
    ethnic, and gender-related considerations; and
        ``(4) provide information, training, and technical assistance 
    to State and local governmental officials to enhance the capacity 
    of such officials to provide appropriate services relating to 
    mental health or substance abuse.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there is authorized to be appropriated $4,000,000 for 
fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 
2002 and 2003.''.
    (c) Prevention of Abuse and Addiction.--Subpart 2 of part B of 
title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-21 et seq.) 
is amended by adding the following:

``SEC. 519E. PREVENTION OF METHAMPHETAMINE AND INHALANT ABUSE AND 
              ADDICTION.

    ``(a) Grants.--The Director of the Center for Substance Abuse 
Prevention (referred to in this section as the `Director') may make 
grants to and enter into contracts and cooperative agreements with 
public and nonprofit private entities to enable such entities--
        ``(1) to carry out school-based programs concerning the dangers 
    of methamphetamine or inhalant abuse and addiction, using methods 
    that are effective and evidence-based, including initiatives that 
    give students the responsibility to create their own anti-drug 
    abuse education programs for their schools; and
        ``(2) to carry out community-based methamphetamine or inhalant 
    abuse and addiction prevention programs that are effective and 
    evidence-based.
    ``(b) Use of Funds.--Amounts made available under a grant, contract 
or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall be used for 
planning, establishing, or administering methamphetamine or inhalant 
prevention programs in accordance with subsection (c).
    ``(c) Prevention Programs and Activities.--
        ``(1) In general.--Amounts provided under this section may be 
    used--
            ``(A) to carry out school-based programs that are focused 
        on those districts with high or increasing rates of 
        methamphetamine or inhalant abuse and addiction and targeted at 
        populations which are most at risk to start methamphetamine or 
        inhalant abuse;
            ``(B) to carry out community-based prevention programs that 
        are focused on those populations within the community that are 
        most at-risk for methamphetamine or inhalant abuse and 
        addiction;
            ``(C) to assist local government entities to conduct 
        appropriate methamphetamine or inhalant prevention activities;
            ``(D) to train and educate State and local law enforcement 
        officials, prevention and education officials, members of 
        community anti-drug coalitions and parents on the signs of 
        methamphetamine or inhalant abuse and addiction and the options 
        for treatment and prevention;
            ``(E) for planning, administration, and educational 
        activities related to the prevention of methamphetamine or 
        inhalant abuse and addiction;
            ``(F) for the monitoring and evaluation of methamphetamine 
        or inhalant prevention activities, and reporting and 
        disseminating resulting information to the public; and
            ``(G) for targeted pilot programs with evaluation 
        components to encourage innovation and experimentation with new 
        methodologies.
        ``(2) Priority.--The Director shall give priority in making 
    grants under this section to rural and urban areas that are 
    experiencing a high rate or rapid increases in methamphetamine or 
    inhalant abuse and addiction.
    ``(d) Analyses and Evaluation.--
        ``(1) In general.--Up to $500,000 of the amount available in 
    each fiscal year to carry out this section shall be made available 
    to the Director, acting in consultation with other Federal 
    agencies, to support and conduct periodic analyses and evaluations 
    of effective prevention programs for methamphetamine or inhalant 
    abuse and addiction and the development of appropriate strategies 
    for disseminating information about and implementing these 
    programs.
        ``(2) Annual reports.--The Director shall submit to the 
    Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the 
    Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on 
    Commerce and Committee on Appropriations of the House of 
    Representatives, an annual report with the results of the analyses 
    and evaluation under paragraph (1).
    ``(e) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out subsection (a), $10,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2002 
and 2003.''.

SEC. 3105. COMPREHENSIVE COMMUNITY SERVICES FOR CHILDREN WITH SERIOUS 
              EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCE.

    (a) Matching Funds.--Section 561(c)(1)(D) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ff(c)(1)(D)) is amended by striking ``fifth'' 
and inserting ``fifth and sixth''.
    (b) Flexibility for Indian Tribes and Territories.--Section 562 of 
the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ff-1) is amended by adding 
at the end the following:
    ``(g) Waivers.--The Secretary may waive one or more of the 
requirements of subsection (c) for a public entity that is an Indian 
Tribe or tribal organization, or American Samoa, Guam, the Marshall 
Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, the Commonwealth of the 
Northern Mariana Islands, the Republic of Palau, or the United States 
Virgin Islands if the Secretary determines, after peer review, that the 
system of care is family-centered and uses the least restrictive 
environment that is clinically appropriate.''.
    (c) Duration of Grants.--Section 565(a) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ff-4(a)) is amended by striking ``5 fiscal'' 
and inserting ``6 fiscal''.
    (d) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 565(f)(1) of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ff-4(f)(1)) is amended by 
striking ``1993'' and all that follows and inserting ``2001, and such 
sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2002 and 2003.''.
    (e) Current Grantees.--
        (1) In general.--Entities with active grants under section 561 
    of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ff) on the date of 
    the enactment of this Act shall be eligible to receive a sixth year 
    of funding under the grant in an amount not to exceed the amount 
    that such grantee received in the fifth year of funding under such 
    grant. Such sixth year may be funded without requiring peer and 
    Advisory Council review as required under section 504 of such Act 
    (42 U.S.C. 290aa-3).
        (2) Limitation.--Paragraph (1) shall apply with respect to a 
    grantee only if the grantee agrees to comply with the provisions of 
    section 561 as amended by subsection (a).

SEC. 3106. SERVICES FOR CHILDREN OF SUBSTANCE ABUSERS.

    (a) Administration and Activities.--
        (1) Administration.--Section 399D(a) of the Public Health 
    Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(a)(1)) is amended--
            (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``Administrator'' and all 
        that follows through ``Administration'' and inserting 
        ``Administrator of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health 
        Services Administration''; and
            (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``Administrator of the 
        Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration'' and 
        inserting ``Administrator of the Health Resources and Services 
        Administration''.
        (2) Activities.--Section 399D(a)(1) of the Public Health 
    Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(a)(1)) is amended--
            (A) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (B) in subparagraph (C), by striking the period and 
        inserting the following: ``through youth service agencies, 
        family social services, child care providers, Head Start, 
        schools and after-school programs, early childhood development 
        programs, community-based family resource and support centers, 
        the criminal justice system, health, substance abuse and mental 
        health providers through screenings conducted during regular 
        childhood examinations and other examinations, self and family 
        member referrals, substance abuse treatment services, and other 
        providers of services to children and families; and''; and
            (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(D) to provide education and training to health, 
        substance abuse and mental health professionals, and other 
        providers of services to children and families through youth 
        service agencies, family social services, child care, Head 
        Start, schools and after-school programs, early childhood 
        development programs, community-based family resource and 
        support centers, the criminal justice system, and other 
        providers of services to children and families.''.
        (3) Identification of certain children.--Section 399D(a)(3)(A) 
    of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(a)(3)(A)) is 
    amended--
            (A) in clause (i), by striking ``(i) the entity'' and 
        inserting ``(i)(I) the entity'';
            (B) in clause (ii)--
                (i) by striking ``(ii) the entity'' and inserting 
            ``(II) the entity''; and
                (ii) by striking the period and inserting ``; and''; 
            and
            (C) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(ii) the entity will identify children who may be 
            eligible for medical assistance under a State program under 
            title XIX or XXI of the Social Security Act.''.
    (b) Services for Children.--Section 399D(b) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(b)) is amended--
        (1) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``alcohol and drug,'' after 
    ``psychological,'';
        (2) by striking paragraph (5) and inserting the following:
        ``(5) Developmentally and age-appropriate drug and alcohol 
    early intervention, treatment and prevention services.''; and
        (3) by inserting after paragraph (8), the following:
``Services shall be provided under paragraphs (2) through (8) by a 
public health nurse, social worker, or similar professional, or by a 
trained worker from the community who is supervised by a professional, 
or by an entity, where the professional or entity provides assurances 
that the professional or entity is licensed or certified by the State 
if required and is complying with applicable licensure or certification 
requirements.''.
    (c) Services for Affected Families.--Section 399D(c) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(c)) is amended--
        (1) in paragraph (1)--
            (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by inserting 
        before the colon the following: ``, or by an entity, where the 
        professional or entity provides assurances that the 
        professional or entity is licensed or certified by the State if 
        required and is complying with applicable licensure or 
        certification requirements''; and
            (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(D) Aggressive outreach to family members with substance 
        abuse problems.
            ``(E) Inclusion of consumer in the development, 
        implementation, and monitoring of Family Services Plan.'';
        (2) in paragraph (2)--
            (A) by striking subparagraph (A) and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(A) Alcohol and drug treatment services, including 
        screening and assessment, diagnosis, detoxification, 
        individual, group and family counseling, relapse prevention, 
        pharmacotherapy treatment, after-care services, and case 
        management.'';
            (B) in subparagraph (C), by striking ``, including 
        educational and career planning'' and inserting ``and 
        counseling on the human immunodeficiency virus and acquired 
        immune deficiency syndrome'';
            (C) in subparagraph (D), by striking ``conflict and''; and
            (D) in subparagraph (E), by striking ``Remedial'' and 
        inserting ``Career planning and''; and
        (3) in paragraph (3)(D), by inserting ``which include child 
    abuse and neglect prevention techniques'' before the period.
    (d) Eligible Entities.--Section 399D(d) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(d)) is amended--
        (1) by striking the matter preceding paragraph (1) and 
    inserting:
    ``(d) Eligible Entities.--The Secretary shall distribute the grants 
through the following types of entities:'';
        (2) in paragraph (1), by striking ``drug treatment'' and 
    inserting ``drug early intervention, prevention or treatment''; and
        (3) in paragraph (2)--
            (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``; and'' and 
        inserting ``; or''; and
            (B) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ``or pediatric health 
        or mental health providers and family mental health providers'' 
        before the period.
    (e) Submission of Information.--Section 399D(h) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(h)) is amended--
        (1) in paragraph (2)--
            (A) by inserting ``including maternal and child health'' 
        before ``mental'';
            (B) by striking ``treatment programs''; and
            (C) by striking ``and the State agency responsible for 
        administering public maternal and child health services'' and 
        inserting ``, the State agency responsible for administering 
        alcohol and drug programs, the State lead agency, and the State 
        Interagency Coordinating Council under part H of the 
        Individuals with Disabilities Education Act; and''; and
        (2) by striking paragraph (3) and redesignating paragraph (4) 
    as paragraph (3).
    (f) Reports to the Secretary.--Section 399D(i)(6) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(i)(6)) is amended--
        (1) in subparagraph (B), by adding ``and'' at the end; and
        (2) by striking subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E) and inserting 
    the following:
            ``(C) the number of case workers or other professionals 
        trained to identify and address substance abuse issues.''.
    (g) Evaluations.--Section 399D(l) of the Public Health Service Act 
(42 U.S.C. 280d(l)) is amended--
        (1) in paragraph (3), by adding ``and'' at the end;
        (2) in paragraph (4), by striking the semicolon and inserting 
    the following: ``, including increased participation in work or 
    employment-related activities and decreased participation in 
    welfare programs.''; and
        (3) by striking paragraphs (5) and (6).
    (h) Report to Congress.--Section 399D(m) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(m)) is amended--
        (1) in paragraph (2), by adding ``and'' at the end;
        (2) in paragraph (3)--
            (A) in subparagraph (A), by adding ``and'' at the end;
            (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking the semicolon and 
        inserting a period; and
            (C) by striking subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E); and
        (3) by striking paragraphs (4) and (5).
    (i) Data Collection.--Section 399D(n) of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(n)) is amended by adding at the end the following: 
``The periodic report shall include a quantitative estimate of the 
prevalence of alcohol and drug problems in families involved in the 
child welfare system, the barriers to treatment and prevention services 
facing these families, and policy recommendations for removing the 
identified barriers, including training for child welfare workers.''.
    (j) Definition.--Section 399D(o)(2)(B) of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(o)(2)(B)) is amended by striking ``dangerous''.
    (k) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 399D(p) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(p)) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(p) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $50,000,000 
for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of 
fiscal years 2002 and 2003.''.
    (l) Grants for Training and Conforming Amendments.--Section 399D of 
the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d) is amended--
        (1) by striking subsection (f);
        (2) by striking subsection (k);
        (3) by redesignating subsections (d), (e), (g), (h), (i), (j), 
    (l), (m), (n), (o), and (p) as subsections (e) through (o), 
    respectively;
        (4) by inserting after subsection (c), the following:
    ``(d) Training for Providers of Services to Children and 
Families.--The Secretary may make a grant under subsection (a) for the 
training of health, substance abuse and mental health professionals and 
other providers of services to children and families through youth 
service agencies, family social services, child care providers, Head 
Start, schools and after-school programs, early childhood development 
programs, community-based family resource centers, the criminal justice 
system, and other providers of services to children and families. Such 
training shall be to assist professionals in recognizing the drug and 
alcohol problems of their clients and to enhance their skills in 
identifying and understanding the nature of substance abuse, and 
obtaining substance abuse early intervention, prevention and treatment 
resources.'';
        (5) in subsection (k)(2) (as so redesignated), by striking 
    ``(h)'' and inserting ``(i)''; and
        (6) in paragraphs (3)(E) and (5) of subsection (m) (as so 
    redesignated), by striking ``(d)'' and inserting ``(e)''.
    (m) Transfer and Redesignation.--Section 399D of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d), as amended by this section--
        (1) is transferred to title V;
        (2) is redesignated as section 519; and
        (3) is inserted after section 518.
    (n) Conforming Amendment.--Title III of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 241 et seq.) is amended by striking the heading of part 
L.

SEC. 3107. SERVICES FOR YOUTH OFFENDERS.

    Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3104(b), is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 520D. SERVICES FOR YOUTH OFFENDERS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary, acting through the Director of 
the Center for Mental Health Services, and in consultation with the 
Director of the Center for Substance Abuse Treatment, the Administrator 
of the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, and the 
Director of the Special Education Programs, shall award grants on a 
competitive basis to State or local juvenile justice agencies to enable 
such agencies to provide aftercare services for youth offenders who 
have been discharged from facilities in the juvenile or criminal 
justice system and have serious emotional disturbances or are at risk 
of developing such disturbances.
    ``(b) Use of Funds.--A State or local juvenile justice agency 
receiving a grant under subsection (a) shall use the amounts provided 
under the grant--
        ``(1) to develop a plan describing the manner in which the 
    agency will provide services for each youth offender who has a 
    serious emotional disturbance and has been detained or incarcerated 
    in facilities within the juvenile or criminal justice system;
        ``(2) to provide a network of core or aftercare services or 
    access to such services for each youth offender, including 
    diagnostic and evaluation services, substance abuse treatment 
    services, outpatient mental health care services, medication 
    management services, intensive home-based therapy, intensive day 
    treatment services, respite care, and therapeutic foster care;
        ``(3) to establish a program that coordinates with other State 
    and local agencies providing recreational, social, educational, 
    vocational, or operational services for youth, to enable the agency 
    receiving a grant under this section to provide community-based 
    system of care services for each youth offender that addresses the 
    special needs of the youth and helps the youth access all of the 
    aforementioned services; and
        ``(4) using not more than 20 percent of funds received, to 
    provide planning and transition services as described in paragraph 
    (3) for youth offenders while such youth are incarcerated or 
    detained.
    ``(c) Application.--A State or local juvenile justice agency that 
desires a grant under subsection (a) shall submit an application to the 
Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such 
information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
    ``(d) Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of the 
enactment of this section and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall 
prepare and submit, to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and 
Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Commerce of the House of 
Representatives, a report that describes the services provided pursuant 
to this section.
    ``(e) Definitions.--In this section:
        ``(1) Serious emotional disturbance.--The term `serious 
    emotional disturbance' with respect to a youth offender means an 
    offender who currently, or at any time within the 1-year period 
    ending on the day on which services are sought under this section, 
    has a diagnosable mental, behavioral, or emotional disorder that 
    functionally impairs the offender's life by substantially limiting 
    the offender's role in family, school, or community activities, and 
    interfering with the offender's ability to achieve or maintain one 
    or more developmentally-appropriate social, behavior, cognitive, 
    communicative, or adaptive skills.
        ``(2) Community-based system of care.--The term `community-
    based system of care' means the provision of services for the youth 
    offender by various State or local agencies that in an interagency 
    fashion or operating as a network addresses the recreational, 
    social, educational, vocational, mental health, substance abuse, 
    and operational needs of the youth offender.
        ``(3) Youth offender.--The term `youth offender' means an 
    individual who is 21 years of age or younger who has been 
    discharged from a State or local juvenile or criminal justice 
    system, except that if the individual is between the ages of 18 and 
    21 years, such individual has had contact with the State or local 
    juvenile or criminal justice system prior to attaining 18 years of 
    age and is under the jurisdiction of such a system at the time 
    services are sought.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $40,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2002 
and 2003.''.

SEC. 3108. GRANTS FOR STRENGTHENING FAMILIES THROUGH COMMUNITY 
              PARTNERSHIPS.

    Subpart 2 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 290bb-21 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 519A. GRANTS FOR STRENGTHENING FAMILIES.

    ``(a) Program Authorized.--The Secretary, acting through the 
Director of the Prevention Center, may make grants to public and 
nonprofit private entities to develop and implement model substance 
abuse prevention programs to provide early intervention and substance 
abuse prevention services for individuals of high-risk families and the 
communities in which such individuals reside.
    ``(b) Priority.--In awarding grants under subsection (a), the 
Secretary shall give priority to applicants that--
        ``(1) have proven experience in preventing substance abuse by 
    individuals of high-risk families and reducing substance abuse in 
    communities of such individuals;
        ``(2) have demonstrated the capacity to implement community-
    based partnership initiatives that are sensitive to the diverse 
    backgrounds of individuals of high-risk families and the 
    communities of such individuals;
        ``(3) have experience in providing technical assistance to 
    support substance abuse prevention programs that are community-
    based;
        ``(4) have demonstrated the capacity to implement research-
    based substance abuse prevention strategies; and
        ``(5) have implemented programs that involve families, 
    residents, community agencies, and institutions in the 
    implementation and design of such programs.
    ``(c) Duration of Grants.--The Secretary shall award grants under 
subsection (a) for a period not to exceed 5 years.
    ``(d) Use of Funds.--An applicant that is awarded a grant under 
subsection (a) shall--
        ``(1) in the first fiscal year that such funds are received 
    under the grant, use such funds to develop a model substance abuse 
    prevention program; and
        ``(2) in the fiscal year following the first fiscal year that 
    such funds are received, use such funds to implement the program 
    developed under paragraph (1) to provide early intervention and 
    substance abuse prevention services to--
            ``(A) strengthen the environment of children of high risk 
        families by targeting interventions at the families of such 
        children and the communities in which such children reside;
            ``(B) strengthen protective factors, such as--
                ``(i) positive adult role models;
                ``(ii) messages that oppose substance abuse;
                ``(iii) community actions designed to reduce 
            accessibility to and use of illegal substances; and
                ``(iv) willingness of individuals of families in which 
            substance abuse occurs to seek treatment for substance 
            abuse;
            ``(C) reduce family and community risks, such as family 
        violence, alcohol or drug abuse, crime, and other behaviors 
        that may effect healthy child development and increase the 
        likelihood of substance abuse; and
            ``(D) build collaborative and formal partnerships between 
        community agencies, institutions, and businesses to ensure that 
        comprehensive high quality services are provided, such as early 
        childhood education, health care, family support programs, 
        parent education programs, and home visits for infants.
    ``(e) Application.--To be eligible to receive a grant under 
subsection (a), an applicant shall prepare and submit to the Secretary 
an application that--
        ``(1) describes a model substance abuse prevention program that 
    such applicant will establish;
        ``(2) describes the manner in which the services described in 
    subsection (d)(2) will be provided; and
        ``(3) describe in as much detail as possible the results that 
    the entity expects to achieve in implementing such a program.
    ``(f) Matching Funding.--The Secretary may not make a grant to a 
entity under subsection (a) unless that entity agrees that, with 
respect to the costs to be incurred by the entity in carrying out the 
program for which the grant was awarded, the entity will make available 
non-Federal contributions in an amount that is not less than 40 percent 
of the amount provided under the grant.
    ``(g) Report to Secretary.--An applicant that is awarded a grant 
under subsection (a) shall prepare and submit to the Secretary a report 
in such form and containing such information as the Secretary may 
require, including an assessment of the efficacy of the model substance 
abuse prevention program implemented by the applicant and the short, 
intermediate, and long term results of such program.
    ``(h) Evaluations.--The Secretary shall conduct evaluations, based 
in part on the reports submitted under subsection (g), to determine the 
effectiveness of the programs funded under subsection (a) in reducing 
substance use in high-risk families and in making communities in which 
such families reside in stronger. The Secretary shall submit such 
evaluations to the appropriate committees of Congress.
    ``(i) High-Risk Families.--In this section, the term `high-risk 
family' means a family in which the individuals of such family are at a 
significant risk of using or abusing alcohol or any illegal substance.
    ``(j) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section, $3,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 
2002 and 2003.''.

SEC. 3109. PROGRAMS TO REDUCE UNDERAGE DRINKING.

    Subpart 2 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 290bb-21 et seq.), as amended by section 3108, is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 519B. PROGRAMS TO REDUCE UNDERAGE DRINKING.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall make awards of grants, 
cooperative agreements, or contracts to public and nonprofit private 
entities, including Indian tribes and tribal organizations, to enable 
such entities to develop plans for and to carry out school-based 
(including institutions of higher education) and community-based 
programs for the prevention of alcoholic-beverage consumption by 
individuals who have not attained the legal drinking age.
    ``(b) Eligibility Requirements.--To be eligible to receive an award 
under subsection (a), an entity shall provide any assurances to the 
Secretary which the Secretary may require, including that the entity 
will--
        ``(1) annually report to the Secretary on the effectiveness of 
    the prevention approaches implemented by the entity;
        ``(2) use science based and age appropriate approaches; and
        ``(3) involve local public health officials and community 
    prevention program staff in the planning and implementation of the 
    program.
    ``(c) Evaluation.--The Secretary shall evaluate each project under 
subsection (a) and shall disseminate the findings with respect to each 
such evaluation to appropriate public and private entities.
    ``(d) Geographical Distribution.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
awards will be distributed equitably among the regions of the country 
and among urban and rural areas.
    ``(e) Duration of Award.--With respect to an award under subsection 
(a), the period during which payments under such award are made to the 
recipient may not exceed 5 years. The preceding sentence may not be 
construed as establishing a limitation on the number of awards under 
such subsection that may be made to the recipient.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $25,000,000 
for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 
fiscal years 2002 and 2003.''.

SEC. 3110. SERVICES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH FETAL ALCOHOL SYNDROME.

    Subpart 2 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 290bb-21 et seq.), as amended by sections 3108 and 3109, is 
further amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 519C. SERVICES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH FETAL ALCOHOL SYNDROME.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall make awards of grants, 
cooperative agreements, or contracts to public and nonprofit private 
entities, including Indian tribes and tribal organizations, to provide 
services to individuals diagnosed with fetal alcohol syndrome or 
alcohol-related birth defects.
    ``(b) Use of Funds.--An award under subsection (a) may, subject to 
subsection (d), be used to--
        ``(1) screen and test individuals to determine the type and 
    level of services needed;
        ``(2) develop a comprehensive plan for providing services to 
    the individual;
        ``(3) provide mental health counseling;
        ``(4) provide substance abuse prevention services and 
    treatment, if needed;
        ``(5) coordinate services with other social programs including 
    social services, justice system, educational services, health 
    services, mental health and substance abuse services, financial 
    assistance programs, vocational services and housing assistance 
    programs;
        ``(6) provide vocational services;
        ``(7) provide health counseling;
        ``(8) provide housing assistance;
        ``(9) parenting skills training;
        ``(10) overall case management;
        ``(11) supportive services for families of individuals with 
    Fetal Alcohol Syndrome; and
        ``(12) provide other services and programs, to the extent 
    authorized by the Secretary after consideration of recommendations 
    made by the National Task Force on Fetal Alcohol Syndrome.
    ``(c) Requirements.--To be eligible to receive an award under 
subsection (a), an applicant shall--
        ``(1) demonstrate that the program will be part of a 
    coordinated, comprehensive system of care for such individuals;
        ``(2) demonstrate an established communication with other 
    social programs in the community including social services, justice 
    system, financial assistance programs, health services, educational 
    services, mental health and substance abuse services, vocational 
    services and housing assistance services;
        ``(3) show a history of working with individuals with fetal 
    alcohol syndrome or alcohol-related birth defects;
        ``(4) provide assurance that the services will be provided in a 
    culturally and linguistically appropriate manner; and
        ``(5) provide assurance that at the end of the 5-year award 
    period, other mechanisms will be identified to meet the needs of 
    the individuals and families served under such award.
    ``(d) Relationship to Payments Under Other Programs.--An award may 
be made under subsection (a) only if the applicant involved agrees that 
the award will not be expended to pay the expenses of providing any 
service under this section to an individual to the extent that payment 
has been made, or can reasonably be expected to be made, with respect 
to such expenses--
        ``(1) under any State compensation program, under an insurance 
    policy, or under any Federal or State health benefits program; or
        ``(2) by an entity that provides health services on a prepaid 
    basis.
    ``(e) Duration of Awards.--With respect to an award under 
subsection (a), the period during which payments under such award are 
made to the recipient may not exceed 5 years.
    ``(f) Evaluation.--The Secretary shall evaluate each project 
carried out under subsection (a) and shall disseminate the findings 
with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate public and private 
entities.
    ``(g) Funding.--
        ``(1) Authorization of appropriations.--For the purpose of 
    carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
    $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary 
    for each of the fiscal years 2002 and 2003.
        ``(2) Allocation.--Of the amounts appropriated under paragraph 
    (1) for a fiscal year, not less than $300,000 shall, for purposes 
    relating to fetal alcohol syndrome and alcohol-related birth 
    defects, be made available for collaborative, coordinated 
    interagency efforts with the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse 
    and Alcoholism, the National Institute on Child Health and Human 
    Development, the Health Resources and Services Administration, the 
    Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, the Centers for Disease 
    Control and Prevention, the Department of Education, and the 
    Department of Justice.

``SEC. 519D. CENTERS OF EXCELLENCE ON SERVICES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH 
              FETAL ALCOHOL SYNDROME AND ALCOHOL-RELATED BIRTH DEFECTS 
              AND TREATMENT FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH SUCH CONDITIONS AND 
              THEIR FAMILIES.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall make awards of grants, 
cooperative agreements, or contracts to public or nonprofit private 
entities for the purposes of establishing not more than four centers of 
excellence to study techniques for the prevention of fetal alcohol 
syndrome and alcohol-related birth defects and adaptations of 
innovative clinical interventions and service delivery improvements for 
the provision of comprehensive services to individuals with fetal 
alcohol syndrome or alcohol-related birth defects and their families 
and for providing training on such conditions.
    ``(b) Use of Funds.--An award under subsection (a) may be used to--
        ``(1) study adaptations of innovative clinical interventions 
    and service delivery improvements strategies for children and 
    adults with fetal alcohol syndrome or alcohol-related birth defects 
    and their families;
        ``(2) identify communities which have an exemplary 
    comprehensive system of care for such individuals so that they can 
    provide technical assistance to other communities attempting to set 
    up such a system of care;
        ``(3) provide technical assistance to communities who do not 
    have a comprehensive system of care for such individuals and their 
    families;
        ``(4) train community leaders, mental health and substance 
    abuse professionals, families, law enforcement personnel, judges, 
    health professionals, persons working in financial assistance 
    programs, social service personnel, child welfare professionals, 
    and other service providers on the implications of fetal alcohol 
    syndrome and alcohol-related birth defects, the early 
    identification of and referral for such conditions;
        ``(5) develop innovative techniques for preventing alcohol use 
    by women in child bearing years;
        ``(6) perform other functions, to the extent authorized by the 
    Secretary after consideration of recommendations made by the 
    National Task Force on Fetal Alcohol Syndrome.
    ``(c) Report.--
        ``(1) In general.--A recipient of an award under subsection (a) 
    shall at the end of the period of funding report to the Secretary 
    on any innovative techniques that have been discovered for 
    preventing alcohol use among women of child bearing years.
        ``(2) Dissemination of findings.--The Secretary shall upon 
    receiving a report under paragraph (1) disseminate the findings to 
    appropriate public and private entities.
    ``(d) Duration of Awards.--With respect to an award under 
subsection (a), the period during which payments under such award are 
made to the recipient may not exceed 5 years.
    ``(e) Evaluation.--The Secretary shall evaluate each project 
carried out under subsection (a) and shall disseminate the findings 
with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate public and private 
entities.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 
for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 
fiscal years 2002 and 2003.''.

SEC. 3111. SUICIDE PREVENTION.

    Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3107, is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 520E. SUICIDE PREVENTION FOR CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, or 
cooperative agreements to States, political subdivisions of States, 
Indian tribes, tribal organizations, public organizations, or private 
nonprofit organizations to establish programs to reduce suicide deaths 
in the United States among children and adolescents.
    ``(b) Collaboration.--In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary 
shall ensure that activities under this section are coordinated among 
the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, the 
relevant institutes at the National Institutes of Health, the Centers 
for Disease Control and Prevention, the Health Resources and Services 
Administration, and the Administration on Children and Families.
    ``(c) Requirements.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, public organization, or private 
nonprofit organization desiring a grant, contract, or cooperative 
agreement under this section shall demonstrate that the suicide 
prevention program such entity proposes will--
        ``(1) provide for the timely assessment, treatment, or referral 
    for mental health or substance abuse services of children and 
    adolescents at risk for suicide;
        ``(2) be based on best evidence-based, suicide prevention 
    practices and strategies that are adapted to the local community;
        ``(3) integrate its suicide prevention program into the 
    existing health care system in the community including primary 
    health care, mental health services, and substance abuse services;
        ``(4) be integrated into other systems in the community that 
    address the needs of children and adolescents including the 
    educational system, juvenile justice system, welfare and child 
    protection systems, and community youth support organizations;
        ``(5) use primary prevention methods to educate and raise 
    awareness in the local community by disseminating evidence-based 
    information about suicide prevention;
        ``(6) include suicide prevention, mental health, and related 
    information and services for the families and friends of those who 
    completed suicide, as needed;
        ``(7) provide linguistically appropriate and culturally 
    competent services, as needed;
        ``(8) provide a plan for the evaluation of outcomes and 
    activities at the local level, according to standards established 
    by the Secretary, and agree to participate in a national 
    evaluation; and
        ``(9) ensure that staff used in the program are trained in 
    suicide prevention and that professionals involved in the system of 
    care have received training in identifying persons at risk of 
    suicide.
    ``(d) Use of Funds.--Amounts provided under grants, contracts, or 
cooperative agreements under subsection (a) shall be used to supplement 
and not supplant other Federal, State, and local public funds that are 
expended to provide services for eligible individuals.
    ``(e) Condition.--An applicant for a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall demonstrate to the 
Secretary that the applicant has the support of the local community and 
relevant public health officials.
    ``(f) Special Populations.--In awarding grants, contracts, and 
cooperative agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall ensure 
that such awards are made in a manner that will focus on the needs of 
communities or groups that experience high or rapidly rising rates of 
suicide.
    ``(g) Application.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, public organization, or private 
nonprofit organization receiving a grant, contract, or cooperative 
agreement under subsection (a) shall prepare and submit an application 
to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
information as the Secretary may reasonably require. Such application 
shall include a plan for the rigorous evaluation of activities funded 
under the grant, contract, or cooperative agreement, including a 
process and outcome evaluation.
    ``(h) Distribution of Awards.--In awarding grants, contracts, and 
cooperative agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall ensure 
that such awards are distributed among the geographical regions of the 
United States and between urban and rural settings.
    ``(i) Evaluation.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, public organization, or private 
nonprofit organization receiving a grant, contract, or cooperative 
agreement under subsection (a) shall prepare and submit to the 
Secretary at the end of the program period, an evaluation of all 
activities funded under this section.
    ``(j) Dissemination and Education.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
findings derived from activities carried out under this section are 
disseminated to State, county and local governmental agencies and 
public and private nonprofit organizations active in promoting suicide 
prevention and family support activities.
    ``(k) Duration of Projects.--With respect to a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement awarded under this section, the period during 
which payments under such award may be made to the recipient may not 
exceed 5 years.
    ``(l) Study.--Within 1 year after the date of the enactment of this 
section, the Secretary shall, directly or by grant or contract, 
initiate a study to assemble and analyze data to identify--
        ``(1) unique profiles of children under 13 who attempt or 
    complete suicide;
        ``(2) unique profiles of youths between ages 13 and 21 who 
    attempt or complete suicide; and
        ``(3) a profile of services which might have been available to 
    these groups and the use of these services by children and youths 
    from paragraphs (1) and (2).
    ``(m) Authorization of Appropriation.--
        ``(1) In general.--For purposes of carrying out this section, 
    there is authorized to be appropriated $75,000,000 for fiscal year 
    2001 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 
    2002 through 2003.
        ``(2) Program management.--In carrying out this section, the 
    Secretary shall use 1 percent of the amount appropriated under 
    paragraph (1) for each fiscal year for managing programs under this 
    section.''.

SEC. 3112. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    (a) Duties of the Center for Substance Abuse Treatment.--Section 
507(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb(b)) is 
amended--
        (1) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (12) as paragraphs 
    (4) through (14), respectively;
        (2) by inserting after paragraph (1), the following:
        ``(2) ensure that emphasis is placed on children and 
    adolescents in the development of treatment programs;
        ``(3) collaborate with the Attorney General to develop programs 
    to provide substance abuse treatment services to individuals who 
    have had contact with the Justice system, especially 
    adolescents;'';
        (3) in paragraph (7) (as so redesignated), by striking 
    ``services, and monitor'' and all that follows through ``1925'' and 
    inserting ``services'';
        (4) in paragraph (13) (as so redesignated), by striking 
    ``treatment, including'' and all that follows through ``which 
    shall'' and inserting ``treatment, which shall''; and
        (5) in paragraph 14 (as so redesignated), by striking 
    ``paragraph (11)'' and inserting ``paragraph (13)''.
    (b) Office for Substance Abuse Prevention.--Section 515(b) of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-21(b)) is amended--
        (1) by redesignating paragraphs (9) and (10) as (10) and (11);
        (2) by inserting after paragraph (8), the following:
        ``(9) collaborate with the Attorney General of the Department 
    of Justice to develop programs to prevent drug abuse among high 
    risk youth;''; and
        (3) in paragraph (10) (as so redesignated), by striking 
    ``public concerning'' and inserting ``public, especially adolescent 
    audiences, concerning''.
    (c) Duties of the Center for Mental Health Services.--Section 
520(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-3(b)) is 
amended--
        (1) by redesignating paragraphs (3) through (14) as paragraphs 
    (4) through (15), respectively;
        (2) by inserting after paragraph (2), the following:
        ``(3) collaborate with the Department of Education and the 
    Department of Justice to develop programs to assist local 
    communities in addressing violence among children and 
    adolescents;'';
        (3) in paragraph (8) (as so redesignated), by striking 
    ``programs authorized'' and all that follows through ``Programs'' 
    and inserting ``programs under part C''; and
        (4) in paragraph (9) (as so redesignated), by striking 
    ``program and programs'' and all that follows through ``303'' and 
    inserting ``programs''.

           TITLE XXXII--PROVISIONS RELATING TO MENTAL HEALTH

SEC. 3201. PRIORITY MENTAL HEALTH NEEDS OF REGIONAL AND NATIONAL 
              SIGNIFICANCE.

    (a) In General.--Section 520A of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 290bb-32) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 520A. PRIORITY MENTAL HEALTH NEEDS OF REGIONAL AND NATIONAL 
              SIGNIFICANCE.

    ``(a) Projects.--The Secretary shall address priority mental health 
needs of regional and national significance (as determined under 
subsection (b)) through the provision of or through assistance for--
        ``(1) knowledge development and application projects for 
    prevention, treatment, and rehabilitation, and the conduct or 
    support of evaluations of such projects;
        ``(2) training and technical assistance programs;
        ``(3) targeted capacity response programs; and
        ``(4) systems change grants including statewide family network 
    grants and client-oriented and consumer run self-help activities.
The Secretary may carry out the activities described in this subsection 
directly or through grants or cooperative agreements with States, 
political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes and tribal 
organizations, other public or private nonprofit entities.
    ``(b) Priority Mental Health Needs.--
        ``(1) Determination of needs.--Priority mental health needs of 
    regional and national significance shall be determined by the 
    Secretary in consultation with States and other interested groups. 
    The Secretary shall meet with the States and interested groups on 
    an annual basis to discuss program priorities.
        ``(2) Special consideration.--In developing program priorities 
    described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give special 
    consideration to promoting the integration of mental health 
    services into primary health care systems.
    ``(c) Requirements.--
        ``(1) In general.--Recipients of grants, contracts, and 
    cooperative agreements under this section shall comply with 
    information and application requirements determined appropriate by 
    the Secretary.
        ``(2) Duration of award.--With respect to a grant, contract, or 
    cooperative agreement awarded under this section, the period during 
    which payments under such award are made to the recipient may not 
    exceed 5 years.
        ``(3) Matching funds.--The Secretary may, for projects carried 
    out under subsection (a), require that entities that apply for 
    grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under this section 
    provide non-Federal matching funds, as determined appropriate by 
    the Secretary, to ensure the institutional commitment of the entity 
    to the projects funded under the grant, contract, or cooperative 
    agreement. Such non-Federal matching funds may be provided directly 
    or through donations from public or private entities and may be in 
    cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or 
    services.
        ``(4) Maintenance of effort.--With respect to activities for 
    which a grant, contract or cooperative agreement is awarded under 
    this section, the Secretary may require that recipients for 
    specific projects under subsection (a) agree to maintain 
    expenditures of non-Federal amounts for such activities at a level 
    that is not less than the level of such expenditures maintained by 
    the entity for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which 
    the entity receives such a grant, contract, or cooperative 
    agreement.
    ``(d) Evaluation.--The Secretary shall evaluate each project 
carried out under subsection (a)(1) and shall disseminate the findings 
with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate public and private 
entities.
    ``(e) Information and Education.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall establish information 
    and education programs to disseminate and apply the findings of the 
    knowledge development and application, training, and technical 
    assistance programs, and targeted capacity response programs, under 
    this section to the general public, to health care professionals, 
    and to interested groups. The Secretary shall make every effort to 
    provide linkages between the findings of supported projects and 
    State agencies responsible for carrying out mental health services.
        ``(2) Rural and underserved areas.--In disseminating 
    information on evidence-based practices in the provision of 
    children's mental health services under this subsection, the 
    Secretary shall ensure that such information is distributed to 
    rural and medically underserved areas.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriation.--
        ``(1) In general.--There are authorized to be appropriated to 
    carry out this section, $300,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such 
    sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2002 and 
    2003.
        ``(2) Data infrastructure.--If amounts are not appropriated for 
    a fiscal year to carry out section 1971 with respect to mental 
    health, then the Secretary shall make available, from the amounts 
    appropriated for such fiscal year under paragraph (1), an amount 
    equal to the sum of $6,000,000 and 10 percent of all amounts 
    appropriated for such fiscal year under such paragraph in excess of 
    $100,000,000, to carry out such section 1971.''.
    (b) Conforming Amendments.--
        (1) Section 303 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
    242a) is repealed.
        (2) Section 520B of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
    290bb-33) is repealed.
        (3) Section 612 of the Stewart B. McKinney Homeless Assistance 
    Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa-3 note) is repealed.

SEC. 3202. GRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS.

    Section 506 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa-5) is 
amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 506. GRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants, contracts and 
cooperative agreements to community-based public and private nonprofit 
entities for the purposes of providing mental health and substance 
abuse services for homeless individuals. In carrying out this section, 
the Secretary shall consult with the Interagency Council on the 
Homeless, established under section 201 of the Stewart B. McKinney 
Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11311).
    ``(b) Preferences.--In awarding grants, contracts, and cooperative 
agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give a preference 
to--
        ``(1) entities that provide integrated primary health, 
    substance abuse, and mental health services to homeless 
    individuals;
        ``(2) entities that demonstrate effectiveness in serving 
    runaway, homeless, and street youth;
        ``(3) entities that have experience in providing substance 
    abuse and mental health services to homeless individuals;
        ``(4) entities that demonstrate experience in providing housing 
    for individuals in treatment for or in recovery from mental illness 
    or substance abuse; and
        ``(5) entities that demonstrate effectiveness in serving 
    homeless veterans.
    ``(c) Services for Certain Individuals.--In awarding grants, 
contracts, and cooperative agreements under subsection (a), the 
Secretary shall not--
        ``(1) prohibit the provision of services under such subsection 
    to homeless individuals who are suffering from a substance abuse 
    disorder and are not suffering from a mental health disorder; and
        ``(2) make payments under subsection (a) to any entity that has 
    a policy of--
            ``(A) excluding individuals from mental health services due 
        to the existence or suspicion of substance abuse; or
            ``(B) has a policy of excluding individuals from substance 
        abuse services due to the existence or suspicion of mental 
        illness.
    ``(d) Term of the Awards.--No entity may receive a grant, contract, 
or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) for more than 5 years.
    ``(e) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section, $50,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 
2002 and 2003.''.

SEC. 3203. PROJECTS FOR ASSISTANCE IN TRANSITION FROM HOMELESSNESS.

    (a) Waivers for Territories.--Section 522 of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290cc-22) is amended by adding at the end the 
following:
    ``(i) Waiver for Territories.--With respect to the United States 
Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Palau, the Marshall Islands, and 
the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Secretary may 
waive the provisions of this part that the Secretary determines to be 
appropriate.''.
    (b) Authorization of Appropriation.--Section 535(a) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290cc-35(a)) is amended by striking 
``1991 through 1994'' and inserting ``2001 through 2003''.

SEC. 3204. COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES PERFORMANCE PARTNERSHIP 
              BLOCK GRANT.

    (a) Criteria for Plan.--Section 1912(b) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-2(b)) is amended by striking paragraphs (1) 
through (12) and inserting the following:
        ``(1) Comprehensive community-based mental health systems.--The 
    plan provides for an organized community-based system of care for 
    individuals with mental illness and describes available services 
    and resources in a comprehensive system of care, including services 
    for dually diagnosed individuals. The description of the system of 
    care shall include health and mental health services, 
    rehabilitation services, employment services, housing services, 
    educational services, substance abuse services, medical and dental 
    care, and other support services to be provided to individuals with 
    Federal, State and local public and private resources to enable 
    such individuals to function outside of inpatient or residential 
    institutions to the maximum extent of their capabilities, including 
    services to be provided by local school systems under the 
    Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. The plan shall include 
    a separate description of case management services and provide for 
    activities leading to reduction of hospitalization.
        ``(2) Mental health system data and epidemiology.--The plan 
    contains an estimate of the incidence and prevalence in the State 
    of serious mental illness among adults and serious emotional 
    disturbance among children and presents quantitative targets to be 
    achieved in the implementation of the system described in paragraph 
    (1).
        ``(3) Children's services.--In the case of children with 
    serious emotional disturbance, the plan--
            ``(A) subject to subparagraph (B), provides for a system of 
        integrated social services, educational services, juvenile 
        services, and substance abuse services that, together with 
        health and mental health services, will be provided in order 
        for such children to receive care appropriate for their 
        multiple needs (such system to include services provided under 
        the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act);
            ``(B) provides that the grant under section 1911 for the 
        fiscal year involved will not be expended to provide any 
        service under such system other than comprehensive community 
        mental health services; and
            ``(C) provides for the establishment of a defined 
        geographic area for the provision of the services of such 
        system.
        ``(4) Targeted services to rural and homeless populations.--The 
    plan describes the State's outreach to and services for individuals 
    who are homeless and how community-based services will be provided 
    to individuals residing in rural areas.
        ``(5) Management systems.--The plan describes the financial 
    resources, staffing and training for mental health providers that 
    is necessary to implement the plan, and provides for the training 
    of providers of emergency health services regarding mental health. 
    The plan further describes the manner in which the State intends to 
    expend the grant under section 1911 for the fiscal year involved.
Except as provided for in paragraph (3), the State plan shall contain 
the information required under this subsection with respect to both 
adults with serious mental illness and children with serious emotional 
disturbance.''.
    (b) Review of Planning Council of State's Report.--Section 1915(a) 
of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-4(a)) is amended--
        (1) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``and the report of the 
    State under section 1942(a) concerning the preceding fiscal year'' 
    after ``to the grant''; and
        (2) in paragraph (2), by inserting before the period ``and any 
    comments concerning the annual report''.
    (c) Maintenance of Effort.--Section 1915(b) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-4(b)) is amended--
        (1) by redesignating paragraphs (2) and (3) as paragraphs (3) 
    and (4), respectively; and
        (2) by inserting after paragraph (1), the following:
        ``(2) Exclusion of certain funds.--The Secretary may exclude 
    from the aggregate State expenditures under subsection (a), funds 
    appropriated to the principle agency for authorized activities 
    which are of a non-recurring nature and for a specific purpose.''.
    (d) Application for Grants.--Section 1917(a)(1) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-6(a)(1)) is amended to read as 
follows:
        ``(1) the plan is received by the Secretary not later than 
    September 1 of the fiscal year prior to the fiscal year for which a 
    State is seeking funds, and the report from the previous fiscal 
    year as required under section 1941 is received by December 1 of 
    the fiscal year of the grant;''.
    (e) Waivers for Territories.--Section 1917(b) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-6(b)) is amended by striking ``whose 
allotment under section 1911 for the fiscal year is the amount 
specified in section 1918(c)(2)(B)'' and inserting in its place 
``except Puerto Rico''.
    (f) Authorization of Appropriation.--Section 1920 of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-9) is amended--
        (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``$450,000,000'' and all 
    that follows through the end and inserting ``$450,000,000 for 
    fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 
    fiscal years 2002 and 2003.''; and
        (2) in subsection (b)(2), by striking ``section 505'' and 
    inserting ``sections 505 and 1971''.

SEC. 3205. DETERMINATION OF ALLOTMENT.

    Section 1918(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-
7(b)) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(b) Minimum Allotments for States.--With respect to fiscal year 
2000, and subsequent fiscal years, the amount of the allotment of a 
State under section 1911 shall not be less than the amount the State 
received under such section for fiscal year 1998.''.

SEC. 3206. PROTECTION AND ADVOCACY FOR MENTALLY ILL INDIVIDUALS ACT OF 
              1986.

    (a) Short Title.--The first section of the Protection and Advocacy 
for Mentally Ill Individuals Act of 1986 (Public Law 99-319) is amended 
to read as follows:

``SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.

    ``This Act may be cited as the `Protection and Advocacy for 
Individuals with Mental Illness Act'.''.
    (b) Definitions.--Section 102 of the Protection and Advocacy for 
Individuals with Mental Illness Act (as amended by subsection (a)) (42 
U.S.C. 10802) is amended--
        (1) in paragraph (4)--
            (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by inserting 
        ``, except as provided in section 104(d),'' after ``means'';
            (B) in subparagraph (B)--
                (i) by striking ``(i)'' who'' and inserting ``(i)(I) 
            who'';
                (ii) by redesignating clauses (ii) and (iii) as 
            subclauses (II) and (III);
                (iii) in subclause (III) (as so redesignated), by 
            striking the period and inserting ``; or''; and
                (iv) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(ii) who satisfies the requirements of subparagraph (A) 
        and lives in a community setting, including their own home.''; 
        and
        (2) by adding at the end the following:
        ``(8) The term `American Indian consortium' means a consortium 
    established under part C of the Developmental Disabilities 
    Assistance and Bill of Rights Act (42 U.S.C. 6042 et seq.).''.
    (c) Use of Allotments.--Section 104 of the Protection and Advocacy 
for Individuals with Mental Illness Act (as amended by subsection (a)) 
(42 U.S.C. 10804) is amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(d) The definition of `individual with a mental illness' 
contained in section 102(4)(B)(iii) shall apply, and thus an eligible 
system may use its allotment under this title to provide representation 
to such individuals, only if the total allotment under this title for 
any fiscal year is $30,000,000 or more, and in such case, an eligible 
system must give priority to representing persons with mental illness 
as defined in subparagraphs (A) and (B)(i) of section 102(4).''.
    (d) Minimum Amount.--Paragraph (2) of section 112(a) of the 
Protection and Advocacy for Individuals with Mental Illness Act (as 
amended by subsection (a)) (42 U.S.C. 10822(a)(2)) is amended to read 
as follows:
        ``(2)(A) The minimum amount of the allotment of an eligible 
    system shall be the product (rounded to the nearest $100) of the 
    appropriate base amount determined under subparagraph (B) and the 
    factor specified in subparagraph (C).
        ``(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the appropriate base 
    amount--
            ``(i) for American Samoa, Guam, the Marshall Islands, the 
        Federated States of Micronesia, the Commonwealth of the 
        Northern Mariana Islands, the Republic of Palau, and the Virgin 
        Islands, is $139,300; and
            ``(ii) for any other State, is $260,000.
        ``(C) The factor specified in this subparagraph is the ratio of 
    the amount appropriated under section 117 for the fiscal year for 
    which the allotment is being made to the amount appropriated under 
    such section for fiscal year 1995.
        ``(D) If the total amount appropriated for a fiscal year is at 
    least $25,000,000, the Secretary shall make an allotment in 
    accordance with subparagraph (A) to the eligible system serving the 
    American Indian consortium.''.
    (e) Technical Amendments.--Section 112(a) of the Protection and 
Advocacy for Individuals with Mental Illness Act (as amended by 
subsection (a)) (42 U.S.C. 10822(a)) is amended--
        (1) in paragraph (1)(B), by striking ``Trust Territory of the 
    Pacific Islands'' and inserting ``Marshall Islands, the Federated 
    States of Micronesia, the Republic of Palau''; and
        (2) by striking paragraph (3).
    (f) Reauthorization.--Section 117 of the Protection and Advocacy 
for Individuals with Mental Illness Act (as amended by subsection (a)) 
(42 U.S.C. 10827) is amended by striking ``1995'' and inserting 
``2003''.

SEC. 3207. REQUIREMENT RELATING TO THE RIGHTS OF RESIDENTS OF CERTAIN 
              FACILITIES.

    Title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa et seq.) 
is amended by adding at the end the following:

 ``PART H--REQUIREMENT RELATING TO THE RIGHTS OF RESIDENTS OF CERTAIN 
                               FACILITIES

``SEC. 591. REQUIREMENT RELATING TO THE RIGHTS OF RESIDENTS OF CERTAIN 
              FACILITIES.

    ``(a) In General.--A public or private general hospital, nursing 
facility, intermediate care facility, or other health care facility, 
that receives support in any form from any program supported in whole 
or in part with funds appropriated to any Federal department or agency 
shall protect and promote the rights of each resident of the facility, 
including the right to be free from physical or mental abuse, corporal 
punishment, and any restraints or involuntary seclusions imposed for 
purposes of discipline or convenience.
    ``(b) Requirements.--Restraints and seclusion may only be imposed 
on a resident of a facility described in subsection (a) if--
        ``(1) the restraints or seclusion are imposed to ensure the 
    physical safety of the resident, a staff member, or others; and
        ``(2) the restraints or seclusion are imposed only upon the 
    written order of a physician, or other licensed practitioner 
    permitted by the State and the facility to order such restraint or 
    seclusion, that specifies the duration and circumstances under 
    which the restraints are to be used (except in emergency 
    circumstances specified by the Secretary until such an order could 
    reasonably be obtained).
    ``(c) Current Law.--This part shall not be construed to affect or 
impede any Federal or State law or regulations that provide greater 
protections than this part regarding seclusion and restraint.
    ``(d) Definitions.--In this section:
        ``(1) Restraints.--The term `restraints' means--
            ``(A) any physical restraint that is a mechanical or 
        personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability of 
        an individual to move his or her arms, legs, or head freely, 
        not including devices, such as orthopedically prescribed 
        devices, surgical dressings or bandages, protective helmets, or 
        any other methods that involves the physical holding of a 
        resident for the purpose of conducting routine physical 
        examinations or tests or to protect the resident from falling 
        out of bed or to permit the resident to participate in 
        activities without the risk of physical harm to the resident 
        (such term does not include a physical escort); and
            ``(B) a drug or medication that is used as a restraint to 
        control behavior or restrict the resident's freedom of movement 
        that is not a standard treatment for the resident's medical or 
        psychiatric condition.
        ``(2) Seclusion.--The term `seclusion' means a behavior control 
    technique involving locked isolation. Such term does not include a 
    time out.
        ``(3) Physical escort.--The term `physical escort' means the 
    temporary touching or holding of the hand, wrist, arm, shoulder or 
    back for the purpose of inducing a resident who is acting out to 
    walk to a safe location.
        ``(4) Time out.--The term `time out' means a behavior 
    management technique that is part of an approved treatment program 
    and may involve the separation of the resident from the group, in a 
    non-locked setting, for the purpose of calming. Time out is not 
    seclusion.

``SEC. 592. REPORTING REQUIREMENT.

    ``(a) In General.--Each facility to which the Protection and 
Advocacy for Mentally Ill Individuals Act of 1986 applies shall notify 
the appropriate agency, as determined by the Secretary, of each death 
that occurs at each such facility while a patient is restrained or in 
seclusion, of each death occurring within 24 hours after the patient 
has been removed from restraints and seclusion, or where it is 
reasonable to assume that a patient's death is a result of such 
seclusion or restraint. A notification under this section shall include 
the name of the resident and shall be provided not later than 7 days 
after the date of the death of the individual involved.
    ``(b) Facility.--In this section, the term `facility' has the 
meaning given the term `facilities' in section 102(3) of the Protection 
and Advocacy for Mentally Ill Individuals Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. 
10802(3)).''.

``SEC. 593. REGULATIONS AND ENFORCEMENT.

    ``(a) Training.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the 
enactment of this part, the Secretary, after consultation with 
appropriate State and local protection and advocacy organizations, 
physicians, facilities, and other health care professionals and 
patients, shall promulgate regulations that require facilities to which 
the Protection and Advocacy for Mentally Ill Individuals Act of 1986 
(42 U.S.C. 10801 et seq.) applies, to meet the requirements of 
subsection (b).
    ``(b) Requirements.--The regulations promulgated under subsection 
(a) shall require that--
        ``(1) facilities described in subsection (a) ensure that there 
    is an adequate number of qualified professional and supportive 
    staff to evaluate patients, formulate written individualized, 
    comprehensive treatment plans, and to provide active treatment 
    measures;
        ``(2) appropriate training be provided for the staff of such 
    facilities in the use of restraints and any alternatives to the use 
    of restraints; and
        ``(3) such facilities provide complete and accurate 
    notification of deaths, as required under section 592(a).
    ``(c) Enforcement.--A facility to which this part applies that 
fails to comply with any requirement of this part, including a failure 
to provide appropriate training, shall not be eligible for 
participation in any program supported in whole or in part by funds 
appropriated to any Federal department or agency.''.

SEC. 3208. REQUIREMENT RELATING TO THE RIGHTS OF RESIDENTS OF CERTAIN 
              NON-MEDICAL, COMMUNITY-BASED FACILITIES FOR CHILDREN AND 
              YOUTH.

    Title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa et seq.), 
as amended by section 3207, is further amended by adding at the end the 
following:

 ``PART I--REQUIREMENT RELATING TO THE RIGHTS OF RESIDENTS OF CERTAIN 
     NON-MEDICAL, COMMUNITY-BASED FACILITIES FOR CHILDREN AND YOUTH

``SEC. 595. REQUIREMENT RELATING TO THE RIGHTS OF RESIDENTS OF CERTAIN 
              NON-MEDICAL, COMMUNITY-BASED FACILITIES FOR CHILDREN AND 
              YOUTH.

    ``(a) Protection of Rights.--
        ``(1) In general.--A public or private non-medical, community-
    based facility for children and youth (as defined in regulations to 
    be promulgated by the Secretary) that receives support in any form 
    from any program supported in whole or in part with funds 
    appropriated under this Act shall protect and promote the rights of 
    each resident of the facility, including the right to be free from 
    physical or mental abuse, corporal punishment, and any restraints 
    or involuntary seclusions imposed for purposes of discipline or 
    convenience.
        ``(2) Nonapplicability.--Notwithstanding this part, a facility 
    that provides inpatient psychiatric treatment services for 
    individuals under the age of 21, as authorized and defined in 
    subsections (a)(16) and (h) of section 1905 of the Social Security 
    Act, shall comply with the requirements of part H.
        ``(3) Applicability of medicaid provisions.--A non-medical, 
    community-based facility for children and youth funded under the 
    Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act shall 
    continue to meet all existing requirements for participation in 
    such program that are not affected by this part.
    ``(b) Requirements.--
        ``(1) In general.--Physical restraints and seclusion may only 
    be imposed on a resident of a facility described in subsection (a) 
    if--
            ``(A) the restraints or seclusion are imposed only in 
        emergency circumstances and only to ensure the immediate 
        physical safety of the resident, a staff member, or others and 
        less restrictive interventions have been determined to be 
        ineffective; and
            ``(B) the restraints or seclusion are imposed only by an 
        individual trained and certified, by a State-recognized body 
        (as defined in regulation promulgated by the Secretary) and 
        pursuant to a process determined appropriate by the State and 
        approved by the Secretary, in the prevention and use of 
        physical restraint and seclusion, including the needs and 
        behaviors of the population served, relationship building, 
        alternatives to restraint and seclusion, de-escalation methods, 
        avoiding power struggles, thresholds for restraints and 
        seclusion, the physiological and psychological impact of 
        restraint and seclusion, monitoring physical signs of distress 
        and obtaining medical assistance, legal issues, position 
        asphyxia, escape and evasion techniques, time limits, the 
        process for obtaining approval for continued restraints, 
        procedures to address problematic restraints, documentation, 
        processing with children, and follow-up with staff, and 
        investigation of injuries and complaints.
        ``(2) Interim procedures relating to training and 
    certification.--
            ``(A) In general.--Until such time as the State develops a 
        process to assure the proper training and certification of 
        facility personnel in the skills and competencies referred in 
        paragraph (1)(B), the facility involved shall develop and 
        implement an interim procedure that meets the requirements of 
        subparagraph (B).
            ``(B) Requirements.--A procedure developed under 
        subparagraph (A) shall--
                ``(i) ensure that a supervisory or senior staff person 
            with training in restraint and seclusion who is competent 
            to conduct a face-to-face assessment (as defined in 
            regulations promulgated by the Secretary), will assess the 
            mental and physical well-being of the child or youth being 
            restrained or secluded and assure that the restraint or 
            seclusion is being done in a safe manner;
                ``(ii) ensure that the assessment required under clause 
            (i) take place as soon as practicable, but in no case later 
            than 1 hour after the initiation of the restraint or 
            seclusion; and
                ``(iii) ensure that the supervisory or senior staff 
            person continues to monitor the situation for the duration 
            of the restraint and seclusion.
        ``(3) Limitations.--
            ``(A) In general.--The use of a drug or medication that is 
        used as a restraint to control behavior or restrict the 
        resident's freedom of movement that is not a standard treatment 
        for the resident's medical or psychiatric condition in 
        nonmedical community-based facilities for children and youth 
        described in subsection (a)(1) is prohibited.
            ``(B) Prohibition.--The use of mechanical restraints in 
        non-medical, community-based facilities for children and youth 
        described in subsection (a)(1) is prohibited.
            ``(C) Limitation.--A non-medical, community-based facility 
        for children and youth described in subsection (a)(1) may only 
        use seclusion when a staff member is continuously face-to-face 
        monitoring the resident and when strong licensing or 
        accreditation and internal controls are in place.
    ``(c) Rule of Construction.--
        ``(1) In general.--Nothing in this section shall be construed 
    as prohibiting the use of restraints for medical immobilization, 
    adaptive support, or medical protection.
        ``(2) Current law.--This part shall not be construed to affect 
    or impede any Federal or State law or regulations that provide 
    greater protections than this part regarding seclusion and 
    restraint.
    ``(d) Definitions.--In this section:
        ``(1) Mechanical restraint.--The term `mechanical restraint' 
    means the use of devices as a means of restricting a resident's 
    freedom of movement.
        ``(2) Physical escort.--The term `physical escort' means the 
    temporary touching or holding of the hand, wrist, arm, shoulder or 
    back for the purpose of inducing a resident who is acting out to 
    walk to a safe location.
        ``(3) Physical restraint.--The term `physical restraint' means 
    a personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability of 
    an individual to move his or her arms, legs, or head freely. Such 
    term does not include a physical escort.
        ``(4) Seclusion.--The term `seclusion' means a behavior control 
    technique involving locked isolation. Such term does not include a 
    time out.
        ``(5) Time out.--The term `time out' means a behavior 
    management technique that is part of an approved treatment program 
    and may involve the separation of the resident from the group, in a 
    non-locked setting, for the purpose of calming. Time out is not 
    seclusion.

``SEC. 595A. REPORTING REQUIREMENT.

    ``Each facility to which this part applies shall notify the 
appropriate State licensing or regulatory agency, as determined by the 
Secretary--
        ``(1) of each death that occurs at each such facility. A 
    notification under this section shall include the name of the 
    resident and shall be provided not later than 24 hours after the 
    time of the individuals death; and
        ``(2) of the use of seclusion or restraints in accordance with 
    regulations promulgated by the Secretary, in consultation with the 
    States.

``SEC. 595B. REGULATIONS AND ENFORCEMENT.

    ``(a) Training.--Not later than 6 months after the date of the 
enactment of this part, the Secretary, after consultation with 
appropriate State, local, public and private protection and advocacy 
organizations, health care professionals, social workers, facilities, 
and patients, shall promulgate regulations that--
        ``(1) require States that license non-medical, community-based 
    residential facilities for children and youth to develop licensing 
    rules and monitoring requirements concerning behavior management 
    practice that will ensure compliance with Federal regulations and 
    to meet the requirements of subsection (b);
        ``(2) require States to develop and implement such licensing 
    rules and monitoring requirements within 1 year after the 
    promulgation of the regulations referred to in the matter preceding 
    paragraph (1); and
        ``(3) support the development of national guidelines and 
    standards on the quality, quantity, orientation and training, 
    required under this part, as well as the certification or licensure 
    of those staff responsible for the implementation of behavioral 
    intervention concepts and techniques.
    ``(b) Requirements.--The regulations promulgated under subsection 
(a) shall require--
        ``(1) that facilities described in subsection (a) ensure that 
    there is an adequate number of qualified professional and 
    supportive staff to evaluate residents, formulate written 
    individualized, comprehensive treatment plans, and to provide 
    active treatment measures;
        ``(2) the provision of appropriate training and certification 
    of the staff of such facilities in the prevention and use of 
    physical restraint and seclusion, including the needs and behaviors 
    of the population served, relationship building, alternatives to 
    restraint, de-escalation methods, avoiding power struggles, 
    thresholds for restraints, the physiological impact of restraint 
    and seclusion, monitoring physical signs of distress and obtaining 
    medical assistance, legal issues, position asphyxia, escape and 
    evasion techniques, time limits for the use of restraint and 
    seclusion, the process for obtaining approval for continued 
    restraints and seclusion, procedures to address problematic 
    restraints, documentation, processing with children, and follow-up 
    with staff, and investigation of injuries and complaints; and
        ``(3) that such facilities provide complete and accurate 
    notification of deaths, as required under section 595A(1).
    ``(c) Enforcement.--A State to which this part applies that fails 
to comply with any requirement of this part, including a failure to 
provide appropriate training and certification, shall not be eligible 
for participation in any program supported in whole or in part by funds 
appropriated under this Act.''.

SEC. 3209. EMERGENCY MENTAL HEALTH CENTERS.

    Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3111, is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 520F. GRANTS FOR EMERGENCY MENTAL HEALTH CENTERS.

    ``(a) Program Authorized.--The Secretary shall award grants to 
States, political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes, and tribal 
organizations to support the designation of hospitals and health 
centers as Emergency Mental Health Centers.
    ``(b) Health Center.--In this section, the term `health center' has 
the meaning given such term in section 330, and includes community 
health centers and community mental health centers.
    ``(c) Distribution of Awards.--The Secretary shall ensure that such 
grants awarded under subsection (a) are equitably distributed among the 
geographical regions of the United States, between urban and rural 
populations, and between different settings of care including health 
centers, mental health centers, hospitals, and other psychiatric units 
or facilities.
    ``(d) Application.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, or tribal organization that desires a grant under 
subsection (a) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
may require, including a plan for the rigorous evaluation of activities 
carried out with funds received under this section.
    ``(e) Use of Funds.--
        ``(1) In general.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
    Indian tribe, or tribal organization receiving a grant under 
    subsection (a) shall use funds from such grant to establish or 
    designate hospitals and health centers as Emergency Mental Health 
    Centers.
        ``(2) Emergency mental health centers.--Such Emergency Mental 
    Health Centers described in paragraph (1)--
            ``(A) shall--
                ``(i) serve as a central receiving point in the 
            community for individuals who may be in need of emergency 
            mental health services;
                ``(ii) purchase, if needed, any equipment necessary to 
            evaluate, diagnose and stabilize an individual with a 
            mental illness;
                ``(iii) provide training, if needed, to the medical 
            personnel staffing the Emergency Mental Health Center to 
            evaluate, diagnose, stabilize, and treat an individual with 
            a mental illness; and
                ``(iv) provide any treatment that is necessary for an 
            individual with a mental illness or a referral for such 
            individual to another facility where such treatment may be 
            received; and
            ``(B) may establish and train a mobile crisis intervention 
        team to respond to mental health emergencies within the 
        community.
    ``(f) Evaluation.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, or tribal organization that receives a grant under 
subsection (a) shall prepare and submit an evaluation to the Secretary 
at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the 
Secretary may reasonably require, including an evaluation of activities 
carried out with funds received under this section and a process and 
outcomes evaluation.
    ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section, $25,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 
2002 through 2003.''.

SEC. 3210. GRANTS FOR JAIL DIVERSION PROGRAMS.

    Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3209, is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 520G. GRANTS FOR JAIL DIVERSION PROGRAMS.

    ``(a) Program Authorized.--The Secretary shall make up to 125 
grants to States, political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes, and 
tribal organizations, acting directly or through agreements with other 
public or nonprofit entities, to develop and implement programs to 
divert individuals with a mental illness from the criminal justice 
system to community-based services.
    ``(b) Administration.--
        ``(1) Consultation.--The Secretary shall consult with the 
    Attorney General and any other appropriate officials in carrying 
    out this section.
        ``(2) Regulatory authority.--The Secretary shall issue 
    regulations and guidelines necessary to carry out this section, 
    including methodologies and outcome measures for evaluating 
    programs carried out by States, political subdivisions of States, 
    Indian tribes, and tribal organizations receiving grants under 
    subsection (a).
    ``(c) Applications.--
        ``(1) In general.--To receive a grant under subsection (a), the 
    chief executive of a State, chief executive of a subdivision of a 
    State, Indian tribe or tribal organization shall prepare and submit 
    an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and 
    containing such information as the Secretary shall reasonably 
    require.
        ``(2) Content.--Such application shall--
            ``(A) contain an assurance that--
                ``(i) community-based mental health services will be 
            available for the individuals who are diverted from the 
            criminal justice system, and that such services are based 
            on the best known practices, reflect current research 
            findings, include case management, assertive community 
            treatment, medication management and access, integrated 
            mental health and co-occurring substance abuse treatment, 
            and psychiatric rehabilitation, and will be coordinated 
            with social services, including life skills training, 
            housing placement, vocational training, education job 
            placement, and health care;
                ``(ii) there has been relevant interagency 
            collaboration between the appropriate criminal justice, 
            mental health, and substance abuse systems; and
                ``(iii) the Federal support provided will be used to 
            supplement, and not supplant, State, local, Indian tribe, 
            or tribal organization sources of funding that would 
            otherwise be available;
            ``(B) demonstrate that the diversion program will be 
        integrated with an existing system of care for those with 
        mental illness;
            ``(C) explain the applicant's inability to fund the program 
        adequately without Federal assistance;
            ``(D) specify plans for obtaining necessary support and 
        continuing the proposed program following the conclusion of 
        Federal support; and
            ``(E) describe methodology and outcome measures that will 
        be used in evaluating the program.
    ``(d) Use of Funds.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, or tribal organization that receives a grant under 
subsection (a) may use funds received under such grant to--
        ``(1) integrate the diversion program into the existing system 
    of care;
        ``(2) create or expand community-based mental health and co-
    occurring mental illness and substance abuse services to 
    accommodate the diversion program;
        ``(3) train professionals involved in the system of care, and 
    law enforcement officers, attorneys, and judges; and
        ``(4) provide community outreach and crisis intervention.
    ``(e) Federal Share.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall pay to a State, 
    political subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, or tribal 
    organization receiving a grant under subsection (a) the Federal 
    share of the cost of activities described in the application.
        ``(2) Federal share.--The Federal share of a grant made under 
    this section shall not exceed 75 percent of the total cost of the 
    program carried out by the State, political subdivision of a State, 
    Indian tribe, or tribal organization. Such share shall be used for 
    new expenses of the program carried out by such State, political 
    subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, or tribal organization.
        ``(3) Non-federal share.--The non-Federal share of payments 
    made under this section may be made in cash or in kind fairly 
    evaluated, including planned equipment or services. The Secretary 
    may waive the requirement of matching contributions.
    ``(f) Geographic Distribution.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
such grants awarded under subsection (a) are equitably distributed 
among the geographical regions of the United States and between urban 
and rural populations.
    ``(g) Training and Technical Assistance.--Training and technical 
assistance may be provided by the Secretary to assist a State, 
political subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, or tribal organization 
receiving a grant under subsection (a) in establishing and operating a 
diversion program.
    ``(h) Evaluations.--The programs described in subsection (a) shall 
be evaluated not less than one time in every 12-month period using the 
methodology and outcome measures identified in the grant application.
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $10,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2002 through 
2003.''.

SEC. 3211. IMPROVING OUTCOMES FOR CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS THROUGH 
              SERVICES INTEGRATION BETWEEN CHILD WELFARE AND MENTAL 
              HEALTH SERVICES.

    Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3210, is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 520H. IMPROVING OUTCOMES FOR CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS THROUGH 
              SERVICES INTEGRATION BETWEEN CHILD WELFARE AND MENTAL 
              HEALTH SERVICES.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants, contracts or 
cooperative agreements to States, political subdivisions of States, 
Indian tribes, and tribal organizations to provide integrated child 
welfare and mental health services for children and adolescents under 
19 years of age in the child welfare system or at risk for becoming 
part of the system, and parents or caregivers with a mental illness or 
a mental illness and a co-occurring substance abuse disorder.
    ``(b) Duration.--With respect to a grant, contract or cooperative 
agreement awarded under this section, the period during which payments 
under such award are made to the recipient may not exceed 5 years.
    ``(c) Application.--
        ``(1) In general.--To be eligible to receive an award under 
    subsection (a), a State, political subdivision of a State, Indian 
    tribe, or tribal organization shall submit an application to the 
    Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such 
    information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
        ``(2) Content.--An application submitted under paragraph (1) 
    shall--
            ``(A) describe the program to be funded under the grant, 
        contract or cooperative agreement;
            ``(B) explain how such program reflects best practices in 
        the provision of child welfare and mental health services; and
            ``(C) provide assurances that--
                ``(i) persons providing services under the grant, 
            contract or cooperative agreement are adequately trained to 
            provide such services; and
                ``(ii) the services will be provided in accordance with 
            subsection (d).
    ``(d) Use of Funds.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, or tribal organization that receives a grant, contract, 
or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall use amounts made 
available through such grant, contract or cooperative agreement to--
        ``(1) provide family-centered, comprehensive, and coordinated 
    child welfare and mental health services, including prevention, 
    early intervention and treatment services for children and 
    adolescents, and for their parents or caregivers;
        ``(2) ensure a single point of access for such coordinated 
    services;
        ``(3) provide integrated mental health and substance abuse 
    treatment for children, adolescents, and parents or caregivers with 
    a mental illness and a co-occurring substance abuse disorder;
        ``(4) provide training for the child welfare, mental health and 
    substance abuse professionals who will participate in the program 
    carried out under this section;
        ``(5) provide technical assistance to child welfare and mental 
    health agencies;
        ``(6) develop cooperative efforts with other service entities 
    in the community, including education, social services, juvenile 
    justice, and primary health care agencies;
        ``(7) coordinate services with services provided under the 
    Medicaid program and the State Children's Health Insurance Program 
    under titles XIX and XXI of the Social Security Act;
        ``(8) provide linguistically appropriate and culturally 
    competent services; and
        ``(9) evaluate the effectiveness and cost-efficiency of the 
    integrated services that measure the level of coordination, outcome 
    measures for parents or caregivers with a mental illness or a 
    mental illness and a co-occurring substance abuse disorder, and 
    outcome measures for children.
    ``(e) Distribution of Awards.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements awarded under subsection 
(a) are equitably distributed among the geographical regions of the 
United States and between urban and rural populations.
    ``(f) Evaluation.--The Secretary shall evaluate each program 
carried out by a State, political subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, 
or tribal organization under subsection (a) and shall disseminate the 
findings with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate public and 
private entities.
    ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section, $10,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2002 
and 2003.''.

SEC. 3212. GRANTS FOR THE INTEGRATED TREATMENT OF SERIOUS MENTAL 
              ILLNESS AND CO-OCCURRING SUBSTANCE ABUSE.

    Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3211, is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 520I. GRANTS FOR THE INTEGRATED TREATMENT OF SERIOUS MENTAL 
              ILLNESS AND CO-OCCURRING SUBSTANCE ABUSE.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, or 
cooperative agreements to States, political subdivisions of States, 
Indian tribes, tribal organizations, and private nonprofit 
organizations for the development or expansion of programs to provide 
integrated treatment services for individuals with a serious mental 
illness and a co-occurring substance abuse disorder.
    ``(b) Priority.--In awarding grants, contracts, and cooperative 
agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority to 
applicants that emphasize the provision of services for individuals 
with a serious mental illness and a co-occurring substance abuse 
disorder who--
        ``(1) have a history of interactions with law enforcement or 
    the criminal justice system;
        ``(2) have recently been released from incarceration;
        ``(3) have a history of unsuccessful treatment in either an 
    inpatient or outpatient setting;
        ``(4) have never followed through with outpatient services 
    despite repeated referrals; or
        ``(5) are homeless.
    ``(c) Use of Funds.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, or private nonprofit organization 
that receives a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under 
subsection (a) shall use funds received under such grant--
        ``(1) to provide fully integrated services rather than serial 
    or parallel services;
        ``(2) to employ staff that are cross-trained in the diagnosis 
    and treatment of both serious mental illness and substance abuse;
        ``(3) to provide integrated mental health and substance abuse 
    services at the same location;
        ``(4) to provide services that are linguistically appropriate 
    and culturally competent;
        ``(5) to provide at least 10 programs for integrated treatment 
    of both mental illness and substance abuse at sites that previously 
    provided only mental health services or only substance abuse 
    services; and
        ``(6) to provide services in coordination with other existing 
    public and private community programs.
    ``(d) Condition.--The Secretary shall ensure that a State, 
political subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, tribal organization, or 
private nonprofit organization that receives a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) maintains the level of 
effort necessary to sustain existing mental health and substance abuse 
programs for other populations served by mental health systems in the 
community.
    ``(e) Distribution of Awards.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements awarded under subsection 
(a) are equitably distributed among the geographical regions of the 
United States and between urban and rural populations.
    ``(f) Duration.--The Secretary shall award grants, contract, or 
cooperative agreements under this subsection for a period of not more 
than 5 years.
    ``(g) Application.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, or private nonprofit organization 
that desires a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this 
subsection shall prepare and submit an application to the Secretary at 
such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the 
Secretary may require. Such application shall include a plan for the 
rigorous evaluation of activities funded with an award under such 
subsection, including a process and outcomes evaluation.
    ``(h) Evaluation.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, or private nonprofit organization 
that receives a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this 
subsection shall prepare and submit a plan for the rigorous evaluation 
of the program funded under such grant, contract, or agreement, 
including both process and outcomes evaluation, and the submission of 
an evaluation at the end of the project period.
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriation.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this subsection $40,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2002 through 
2003.''.

SEC. 3213. TRAINING GRANTS.

    Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3212, is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 520J. TRAINING GRANTS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants in accordance 
with the provisions of this section.
    ``(b) Mental Illness Awareness Training Grants.--
        ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall award grants to States, 
    political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes, tribal 
    organizations, and nonprofit private entities to train teachers and 
    other relevant school personnel to recognize symptoms of childhood 
    and adolescent mental disorders, to refer family members to the 
    appropriate mental health services if necessary, to train emergency 
    services personnel to identify and appropriately respond to persons 
    with a mental illness, and to provide education to such teachers 
    and personnel regarding resources that are available in the 
    community for individuals with a mental illness.
        ``(2) Emergency Services Personnel.--In this subsection, the 
    term `emergency services personnel' includes paramedics, 
    firefighters, and emergency medical technicians.
        ``(3) Distribution of Awards.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
    such grants awarded under this subsection are equitably distributed 
    among the geographical regions of the United States and between 
    urban and rural populations.
        ``(4) Application.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
    Indian tribe, tribal organization, or nonprofit private entity that 
    desires a grant under this subsection shall submit an application 
    to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
    information as the Secretary may require, including a plan for the 
    rigorous evaluation of activities that are carried out with funds 
    received under a grant under this subsection.
        ``(5) Use of Funds.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
    Indian tribe, tribal organization, or nonprofit private entity 
    receiving a grant under this subsection shall use funds from such 
    grant to--
            ``(A) train teachers and other relevant school personnel to 
        recognize symptoms of childhood and adolescent mental disorders 
        and appropriately respond;
            ``(B) train emergency services personnel to identify and 
        appropriately respond to persons with a mental illness; and
            ``(C) provide education to such teachers and personnel 
        regarding resources that are available in the community for 
        individuals with a mental illness.
        ``(6) Evaluation.--A State, political subdivision of a State, 
    Indian tribe, tribal organization, or nonprofit private entity that 
    receives a grant under this subsection shall prepare and submit an 
    evaluation to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and 
    containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably 
    require, including an evaluation of activities carried out with 
    funds received under the grant under this subsection and a process 
    and outcome evaluation.
        ``(7) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to 
    be appropriated to carry out this subsection, $25,000,000 for 
    fiscal year 2001 and such sums as may be necessary for each of 
    fiscal years 2002 through 2003.''.

          TITLE XXXIII--PROVISIONS RELATING TO SUBSTANCE ABUSE

SEC. 3301. PRIORITY SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT NEEDS OF REGIONAL AND 
              NATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE.

    (a) Residential Treatment Programs for Pregnant and Postpartum 
Women.--Section 508(r) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
290bb-1(r)) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(r) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as 
may be necessary to fiscal years 2001 through 2003.''.
    (b) Priority Substance Abuse Treatment.--Section 509 of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-1) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 509. PRIORITY SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT NEEDS OF REGIONAL AND 
              NATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE.

    ``(a) Projects.--The Secretary shall address priority substance 
abuse treatment needs of regional and national significance (as 
determined under subsection (b)) through the provision of or through 
assistance for--
        ``(1) knowledge development and application projects for 
    treatment and rehabilitation and the conduct or support of 
    evaluations of such projects;
        ``(2) training and technical assistance; and
        ``(3) targeted capacity response programs.
The Secretary may carry out the activities described in this section 
directly or through grants or cooperative agreements with States, 
political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes and tribal 
organizations, other public or nonprofit private entities.
    ``(b) Priority Substance Abuse Treatment Needs.--
        ``(1) In general.--Priority substance abuse treatment needs of 
    regional and national significance shall be determined by the 
    Secretary after consultation with States and other interested 
    groups. The Secretary shall meet with the States and interested 
    groups on an annual basis to discuss program priorities.
        ``(2) Special consideration.--In developing program priorities 
    under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give special consideration 
    to promoting the integration of substance abuse treatment services 
    into primary health care systems.
    ``(c) Requirements.--
        ``(1) In general.--Recipients of grants, contracts, or 
    cooperative agreements under this section shall comply with 
    information and application requirements determined appropriate by 
    the Secretary.
        ``(2) Duration of award.--With respect to a grant, contract, or 
    cooperative agreement awarded under this section, the period during 
    which payments under such award are made to the recipient may not 
    exceed 5 years.
        ``(3) Matching funds.--The Secretary may, for projects carried 
    out under subsection (a), require that entities that apply for 
    grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under that project 
    provide non-Federal matching funds, as determined appropriate by 
    the Secretary, to ensure the institutional commitment of the entity 
    to the projects funded under the grant, contract, or cooperative 
    agreement. Such non-Federal matching funds may be provided directly 
    or through donations from public or private entities and may be in 
    cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or 
    services.
        ``(4) Maintenance of effort.--With respect to activities for 
    which a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement is awarded under 
    this section, the Secretary may require that recipients for 
    specific projects under subsection (a) agree to maintain 
    expenditures of non-Federal amounts for such activities at a level 
    that is not less than the level of such expenditures maintained by 
    the entity for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which 
    the entity receives such a grant, contract, or cooperative 
    agreement.
    ``(d) Evaluation.--The Secretary shall evaluate each project 
carried out under subsection (a)(1) and shall disseminate the findings 
with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate public and private 
entities.
    ``(e) Information and Education.--The Secretary shall establish 
comprehensive information and education programs to disseminate and 
apply the findings of the knowledge development and application, 
training and technical assistance programs, and targeted capacity 
response programs under this section to the general public, to health 
professionals and other interested groups. The Secretary shall make 
every effort to provide linkages between the findings of supported 
projects and State agencies responsible for carrying out substance 
abuse prevention and treatment programs.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriation.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section, $300,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 
2002 and 2003.''.
    (c) Conforming Amendments.--The following sections of the Public 
Health Service Act are repealed:
        (1) Section 510 (42 U.S.C. 290bb-3).
        (2) Section 511 (42 U.S.C. 290bb-4).
        (3) Section 512 (42 U.S.C. 290bb-5).
        (4) Section 571 (42 U.S.C. 290gg).

SEC. 3302. PRIORITY SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION NEEDS OF REGIONAL AND 
              NATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE.

    (a) In General.--Section 516 of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 290bb-1) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 516. PRIORITY SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION NEEDS OF REGIONAL AND 
              NATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE.

    ``(a) Projects.--The Secretary shall address priority substance 
abuse prevention needs of regional and national significance (as 
determined under subsection (b)) through the provision of or through 
assistance for--
        ``(1) knowledge development and application projects for 
    prevention and the conduct or support of evaluations of such 
    projects;
        ``(2) training and technical assistance; and
        ``(3) targeted capacity response programs.
The Secretary may carry out the activities described in this section 
directly or through grants or cooperative agreements with States, 
political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes and tribal 
organizations, or other public or nonprofit private entities.
    ``(b) Priority Substance Abuse Prevention Needs.--
        ``(1) In general.--Priority substance abuse prevention needs of 
    regional and national significance shall be determined by the 
    Secretary in consultation with the States and other interested 
    groups. The Secretary shall meet with the States and interested 
    groups on an annual basis to discuss program priorities.
        ``(2) Special consideration.--In developing program priorities 
    under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give special consideration 
    to--
            ``(A) applying the most promising strategies and research-
        based primary prevention approaches; and
            ``(B) promoting the integration of substance abuse 
        prevention information and activities into primary health care 
        systems.
    ``(c) Requirements.--
        ``(1) In general.--Recipients of grants, contracts, and 
    cooperative agreements under this section shall comply with 
    information and application requirements determined appropriate by 
    the Secretary.
        ``(2) Duration of award.--With respect to a grant, contract, or 
    cooperative agreement awarded under this section, the period during 
    which payments under such award are made to the recipient may not 
    exceed 5 years.
        ``(3) Matching funds.--The Secretary may, for projects carried 
    out under subsection (a), require that entities that apply for 
    grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under that project 
    provide non-Federal matching funds, as determined appropriate by 
    the Secretary, to ensure the institutional commitment of the entity 
    to the projects funded under the grant, contract, or cooperative 
    agreement. Such non-Federal matching funds may be provided directly 
    or through donations from public or private entities and may be in 
    cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or 
    services.
        ``(4) Maintenance of effort.--With respect to activities for 
    which a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement is awarded under 
    this section, the Secretary may require that recipients for 
    specific projects under subsection (a) agree to maintain 
    expenditures of non-Federal amounts for such activities at a level 
    that is not less than the level of such expenditures maintained by 
    the entity for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which 
    the entity receives such a grant, contract, or cooperative 
    agreement.
    ``(d) Evaluation.--The Secretary shall evaluate each project 
carried out under subsection (a)(1) and shall disseminate the findings 
with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate public and private 
entities.
    ``(e) Information and Education.--The Secretary shall establish 
comprehensive information and education programs to disseminate the 
findings of the knowledge development and application, training and 
technical assistance programs, and targeted capacity response programs 
under this section to the general public and to health professionals. 
The Secretary shall make every effort to provide linkages between the 
findings of supported projects and State agencies responsible for 
carrying out substance abuse prevention and treatment programs.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriation.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section, $300,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 
2002 and 2003.''.
    (b) Conforming Amendments.--Section 518 of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-24) is repealed.

SEC. 3303. SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT PERFORMANCE 
              PARTNERSHIP BLOCK GRANT.

    (a) Allocation Regarding Alcohol and Other Drugs.--Section 1922 of 
the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-22) is amended by--
        (1) striking subsection (a); and
        (2) redesignating subsections (b) and (c) as subsections (a) 
    and (b).
    (b) Group Homes for Recovering Substance Abusers.--Section 1925(a) 
of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-25(a)) is amended by 
striking ``For fiscal year 1993'' and all that follows through the 
colon and inserting the following: ``A State, using funds available 
under section 1921, may establish and maintain the ongoing operation of 
a revolving fund in accordance with this section to support group homes 
for recovering substance abusers as follows:''.
    (c) Maintenance of Effort.--Section 1930 of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-30) is amended--
        (1) by redesignating subsections (b) and (c) as subsections (c) 
    and (d) respectively; and
        (2) by inserting after subsection (a), the following:
    ``(b) Exclusion of Certain Funds.--The Secretary may exclude from 
the aggregate State expenditures under subsection (a), funds 
appropriated to the principle agency for authorized activities which 
are of a non-recurring nature and for a specific purpose.''.
    (d) Applications for Grants.--Section 1932(a)(1) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-32(a)(1)) is amended to read as 
follows:
        ``(1) the application is received by the Secretary not later 
    than October 1 of the fiscal year for which the State is seeking 
    funds;''.
    (e) Waiver for Territories.--Section 1932(c) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-32(c)) is amended by striking ``whose 
allotment under section 1921 for the fiscal year is the amount 
specified in section 1933(c)(2)(B)'' and inserting ``except Puerto 
Rico''.
    (f) Waiver Authority for Certain Requirements.--
        (1) In general.--Section 1932 of the Public Health Service Act 
    (42 U.S.C. 300x-32) is amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(e) Waiver Authority for Certain Requirements.--
        ``(1) In general.--Upon the request of a State, the Secretary 
    may waive the requirements of all or part of the sections described 
    in paragraph (2) using objective criteria established by the 
    Secretary by regulation after consultation with the States and 
    other interested parties including consumers and providers.
        ``(2) Sections.--The sections described in paragraph (1) are 
    sections 1922(c), 1923, 1924 and 1928.
        ``(3) Date certain for acting upon request.--The Secretary 
    shall approve or deny a request for a waiver under paragraph (1) 
    and inform the State of that decision not later than 120 days after 
    the date on which the request and all the information needed to 
    support the request are submitted.
        ``(4) Annual reporting requirement.--The Secretary shall 
    annually report to the general public on the States that receive a 
    waiver under this subsection.''.
        (2) Conforming amendments.--Effective upon the publication of 
    the regulations developed in accordance with section 1932(e)(1) of 
    the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-32(d))--
            (A) section 1922(c) of the Public Health Service Act (42 
        U.S.C. 300x-22(c)) is amended by--
                (i) striking paragraph (2); and
                (ii) redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph (2); and
            (B) section 1928(d) of the Public Health Service Act (42 
        U.S.C. 300x-28(d)) is repealed.
    (g) Authorization of Appropriation.--Section 1935 of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-35) is amended--
        (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``$1,500,000,000'' and all 
    that follows through the end and inserting ``$2,000,000,000 for 
    fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 
    fiscal years 2002 and 2003.'';
        (2) in subsection (b)(1), by striking ``section 505'' and 
    inserting ``sections 505 and 1971'';
        (3) in subsection (b)(2), by striking ``1949(a)'' and inserting 
    ``1948(a)''; and
        (4) in subsection (b), by adding at the end the following:
        ``(3) Core data set.--A State that receives a new grant, 
    contract, or cooperative agreement from amounts available to the 
    Secretary under paragraph (1), for the purposes of improving the 
    data collection, analysis and reporting capabilities of the State, 
    shall be required, as a condition of receipt of funds, to collect, 
    analyze, and report to the Secretary for each fiscal year 
    subsequent to receiving such funds a core data set to be determined 
    by the Secretary in conjunction with the States.''.

SEC. 3304. DETERMINATION OF ALLOTMENTS.

    Section 1933(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-
33(b)) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(b) Minimum Allotments for States.--
        ``(1) In general.--With respect to fiscal year 2000, and each 
    subsequent fiscal year, the amount of the allotment of a State 
    under section 1921 shall not be less than the amount the State 
    received under such section for the previous fiscal year increased 
    by an amount equal to 30.65 percent of the percentage by which the 
    aggregate amount allotted to all States for such fiscal year 
    exceeds the aggregate amount allotted to all States for the 
    previous fiscal year.
        ``(2) Limitations.--
            ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in subparagraph (B), 
        a State shall not receive an allotment under section 1921 for a 
        fiscal year in an amount that is less than an amount equal to 
        0.375 percent of the amount appropriated under section 1935(a) 
        for such fiscal year.
            ``(B) Exception.--In applying subparagraph (A), the 
        Secretary shall ensure that no State receives an increase in 
        its allotment under section 1921 for a fiscal year (as compared 
        to the amount allotted to the State in the prior fiscal year) 
        that is in excess of an amount equal to 300 percent of the 
        percentage by which the amount appropriated under section 
        1935(a) for such fiscal year exceeds the amount appropriated 
        for the prior fiscal year.
        ``(3) Decrease in or equal appropriations.--If the amount 
    appropriated under section 1935(a) for a fiscal year is equal to or 
    less than the amount appropriated under such section for the prior 
    fiscal year, the amount of the State allotment under section 1921 
    shall be equal to the amount that the State received under section 
    1921 in the prior fiscal year decreased by the percentage by which 
    the amount appropriated for such fiscal year is less than the 
    amount appropriated or such section for the prior fiscal year.''.

SEC. 3305. NONDISCRIMINATION AND INSTITUTIONAL SAFEGUARDS FOR RELIGIOUS 
              PROVIDERS.

    Subpart III of part B of title XIX of the Public Health Service Act 
(42 U.S.C. 300x-51 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the 
following:

``SEC. 1955. SERVICES PROVIDED BY NONGOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS.

    ``(a) Purposes.--The purposes of this section are--
        ``(1) to prohibit discrimination against nongovernmental 
    organizations and certain individuals on the basis of religion in 
    the distribution of government funds to provide substance abuse 
    services under this title and title V, and the receipt of services 
    under such titles; and
        ``(2) to allow the organizations to accept the funds to provide 
    the services to the individuals without impairing the religious 
    character of the organizations or the religious freedom of the 
    individuals.
    ``(b) Religious Organizations Included as Nongovernmental 
Providers.--
        ``(1) In general.--A State may administer and provide substance 
    abuse services under any program under this title or title V 
    through grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to provide 
    assistance to beneficiaries under such titles with nongovernmental 
    organizations.
        ``(2) Requirement.--A State that elects to utilize 
    nongovernmental organizations as provided for under paragraph (1) 
    shall consider, on the same basis as other nongovernmental 
    organizations, religious organizations to provide services under 
    substance abuse programs under this title or title V, so long as 
    the programs under such titles are implemented in a manner 
    consistent with the Establishment Clause of the first amendment to 
    the Constitution. Neither the Federal Government nor a State or 
    local government receiving funds under such programs shall 
    discriminate against an organization that provides services under, 
    or applies to provide services under, such programs, on the basis 
    that the organization has a religious character.
    ``(c) Religious Character and Independence.--
        ``(1) In general.--A religious organization that provides 
    services under any substance abuse program under this title or 
    title V shall retain its independence from Federal, State, and 
    local governments, including such organization's control over the 
    definition, development, practice, and expression of its religious 
    beliefs.
        ``(2) Additional safeguards.--Neither the Federal Government 
    nor a State or local government shall require a religious 
    organization--
            ``(A) to alter its form of internal governance; or
            ``(B) to remove religious art, icons, scripture, or other 
        symbols,
    in order to be eligible to provide services under any substance 
    abuse program under this title or title V.
    ``(d) Employment Practices.--
        ``(1) Substance abuse.--A religious organization that provides 
    services under any substance abuse program under this title or 
    title V may require that its employees providing services under 
    such program adhere to rules forbidding the use of drugs or 
    alcohol.
        ``(2) Title vii exemption.--The exemption of a religious 
    organization provided under section 702 or 703(e)(2) of the Civil 
    Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000e-1, 2000e-2(e)(2)) regarding 
    employment practices shall not be affected by the religious 
    organization's provision of services under, or receipt of funds 
    from, any substance abuse program under this title or title V.
    ``(e) Rights of Beneficiaries of Assistance.--
        ``(1) In general.--If an individual described in paragraph (3) 
    has an objection to the religious character of the organization 
    from which the individual receives, or would receive, services 
    funded under any substance abuse program under this title or title 
    V, the appropriate Federal, State, or local governmental entity 
    shall provide to such individual (if otherwise eligible for such 
    services) within a reasonable period of time after the date of such 
    objection, services that--
            ``(A) are from an alternative provider that is accessible 
        to the individual; and
            ``(B) have a value that is not less than the value of the 
        services that the individual would have received from such 
        organization.
        ``(2) Notice.--The appropriate Federal, State, or local 
    governmental entity shall ensure that notice is provided to 
    individuals described in paragraph (3) of the rights of such 
    individuals under this section.
        ``(3) Individual described.--An individual described in this 
    paragraph is an individual who receives or applies for services 
    under any substance abuse program under this title or title V.
    ``(f) Nondiscrimination Against Beneficiaries.--A religious 
organization providing services through a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under any substance abuse program under this 
title or title V shall not discriminate, in carrying out such program, 
against an individual described in subsection (e)(3) on the basis of 
religion, a religious belief, a refusal to hold a religious belief, or 
a refusal to actively participate in a religious practice.
    ``(g) Fiscal Accountability.--
        ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), any 
    religious organization providing services under any substance abuse 
    program under this title or title V shall be subject to the same 
    regulations as other nongovernmental organizations to account in 
    accord with generally accepted accounting principles for the use of 
    such funds provided under such program.
        ``(2) Limited audit.--Such organization shall segregate 
    government funds provided under such substance abuse program into a 
    separate account. Only the government funds shall be subject to 
    audit by the government.
    ``(h) Compliance.--Any party that seeks to enforce such party's 
rights under this section may assert a civil action for injunctive 
relief exclusively in an appropriate Federal or State court against the 
entity, agency or official that allegedly commits such violation.
    ``(i) Limitations on Use of Funds for Certain Purposes.--No funds 
provided through a grant or contract to a religious organization to 
provide services under any substance abuse program under this title or 
title V shall be expended for sectarian worship, instruction, or 
proselytization.
    ``(j) Effect on State and Local Funds.--If a State or local 
government contributes State or local funds to carry out any substance 
abuse program under this title or title V, the State or local 
government may segregate the State or local funds from the Federal 
funds provided to carry out the program or may commingle the State or 
local funds with the Federal funds. If the State or local government 
commingles the State or local funds, the provisions of this section 
shall apply to the commingled funds in the same manner, and to the same 
extent, as the provisions apply to the Federal funds.
    ``(k) Treatment of Intermediate Contractors.--If a nongovernmental 
organization (referred to in this subsection as an `intermediate 
organization'), acting under a contract or other agreement with the 
Federal Government or a State or local government, is given the 
authority under the contract or agreement to select nongovernmental 
organizations to provide services under any substance abuse program 
under this title or title V, the intermediate organization shall have 
the same duties under this section as the government but shall retain 
all other rights of a nongovernmental organization under this 
section.''.

SEC. 3306. ALCOHOL AND DRUG PREVENTION OR TREATMENT SERVICES FOR 
              INDIANS AND NATIVE ALASKANS.

    Part A of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa 
et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 506A. ALCOHOL AND DRUG PREVENTION OR TREATMENT SERVICES FOR 
              INDIANS AND NATIVE ALASKANS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, or 
cooperative agreements to public and private nonprofit entities, 
including Native Alaskan entities and Indian tribes and tribal 
organizations, for the purpose of providing alcohol and drug prevention 
or treatment services for Indians and Native Alaskans.
    ``(b) Priority.--In awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative 
agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority to 
applicants that--
        ``(1) propose to provide alcohol and drug prevention or 
    treatment services on reservations;
        ``(2) propose to employ culturally-appropriate approaches, as 
    determined by the Secretary, in providing such services; and
        ``(3) have provided prevention or treatment services to Native 
    Alaskan entities and Indian tribes and tribal organizations for at 
    least 1 year prior to applying for a grant under this section.
    ``(c) Duration.--The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, or 
cooperative agreements under subsection (a) for a period not to exceed 
5 years.
    ``(d) Application.--An entity desiring a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit an application 
to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such 
information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
    ``(e) Evaluation.--An entity that receives a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit, in the 
application for such grant, a plan for the evaluation of any project 
undertaken with funds provided under this section. Such entity shall 
provide the Secretary with periodic evaluations of the progress of such 
project and such evaluation at the completion of such project as the 
Secretary determines to be appropriate. The final evaluation submitted 
by such entity shall include a recommendation as to whether such 
project shall continue.
    ``(f) Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of the 
enactment of this section and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall 
prepare and submit, to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and 
Pensions of the Senate, a report describing the services provided 
pursuant to this section.
    ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section, $15,000,000 for fiscal year 
2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2002 and 
2003.''.

SEC. 3307. ESTABLISHMENT OF COMMISSION.

    (a) In General.--There is established a commission to be known as 
the Commission on Indian and Native Alaskan Health Care that shall 
examine the health concerns of Indians and Native Alaskans who reside 
on reservations and tribal lands (hereafter in this section referred to 
as the ``Commission'').
    (b) Membership.--
        (1) In general.--The Commission established under subsection 
    (a) shall consist of--
            (A) the Secretary;
            (B) 15 members who are experts in the health care field and 
        issues that the Commission is established to examine; and
            (C) the Director of the Indian Health Service and the 
        Commissioner of Indian Affairs, who shall be nonvoting members.
        (2) Appointing authority.--Of the 15 members of the Commission 
    described in paragraph (1)(B)--
            (A) two shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House of 
        Representatives;
            (B) two shall be appointed by the Minority Leader of the 
        House of Representatives;
            (C) two shall be appointed by the Majority Leader of the 
        Senate;
            (D) two shall be appointed by the Minority Leader of the 
        Senate; and
            (E) seven shall be appointed by the Secretary.
        (3) Limitation.--Not fewer than 10 of the members appointed to 
    the Commission shall be Indians or Native Alaskans.
        (4) Chairperson.--The Secretary shall serve as the Chairperson 
    of the Commission.
        (5) Experts.--The Commission may seek the expertise of any 
    expert in the health care field to carry out its duties.
    (c) Period of Appointment.--Members shall be appointed for the life 
of the Commission. Any vacancy in the Commission shall not affect its 
powers, but shall be filed in the same manner as the original 
appointment.
    (d) Duties of the Commission.--The Commission shall--
        (1) study the health concerns of Indians and Native Alaskans; 
    and
        (2) prepare the reports described in subsection (i).
    (e) Powers of the Commission.--
        (1) Hearings.--The Commission may hold such hearings, including 
    hearings on reservations, sit and act at such times and places, 
    take such testimony, and receive such information as the Commission 
    considers advisable to carry out the purpose for which the 
    Commission was established.
        (2) Information from federal agencies.--The Commission may 
    secure directly from any Federal department or agency such 
    information as the Commission considers necessary to carry out the 
    purpose for which the Commission was established. Upon request of 
    the Chairperson of the Commission, the head of such department or 
    agency shall furnish such information to the Commission.
    (f) Compensation of Members.--
        (1) In general.--Except as provided in subparagraph (B), each 
    member of the Commission may be compensated at a rate not to exceed 
    the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for 
    level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5, 
    United States Code, for each day (including travel time), during 
    which that member is engaged in the actual performance of the 
    duties of the Commission.
        (2) Limitation.--Members of the Commission who are officers or 
    employees of the United States shall receive no additional pay on 
    account of their service on the Commission.
    (g) Travel Expenses of Members.--The members of the Commission 
shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of 
subsistence, at rates authorized for employees of agencies under 
section 5703 of title 5, United States Code, while away from their 
homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for 
the Commission.
    (h) Commission Personnel Matters.--
        (1) In general.--The Secretary, in accordance with rules 
    established by the Commission, may select and appoint a staff 
    director and other personnel necessary to enable the Commission to 
    carry out its duties.
        (2) Compensation of personnel.--The Secretary, in accordance 
    with rules established by the Commission, may set the amount of 
    compensation to be paid to the staff director and any other 
    personnel that serve the Commission.
        (3) Detail of government employees.--Any Federal Government 
    employee may be detailed to the Commission without reimbursement, 
    and the detail shall be without interruption or loss of civil 
    service status or privilege.
        (4) Consultant services.--The Chairperson of the Commission is 
    authorized to procure the temporary and intermittent services of 
    experts and consultants in accordance with section 3109 of title 5, 
    United States Code, at rates not to exceed the daily equivalent of 
    the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level IV of the 
    Executive Schedule under section 5315 of such title.
    (i) Report.--
        (1) In general.--Not later than 3 years after the date of the 
    enactment of the Youth Drug and Mental Health Services Act, the 
    Secretary shall prepare and submit, to the Committee on Health, 
    Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, a report that shall--
            (A) detail the health problems faced by Indians and Native 
        Alaskans who reside on reservations;
            (B) examine and explain the causes of such problems;
            (C) describe the health care services available to Indians 
        and Native Alaskans who reside on reservations and the adequacy 
        of such services;
            (D) identify the reasons for the provision of inadequate 
        health care services for Indians and Native Alaskans who reside 
        on reservations, including the availability of resources;
            (E) develop measures for tracking the health status of 
        Indians and Native Americans who reside on reservations; and
            (F) make recommendations for improvements in the health 
        care services provided for Indians and Native Alaskans who 
        reside on reservations, including recommendations for 
        legislative change.
        (2) Exception.--In addition to the report required under 
    paragraph (1), not later than 2 years after the date of the 
    enactment of the Youth Drug and Mental Health Services Act, the 
    Secretary shall prepare and submit, to the Committee on Health, 
    Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, a report that 
    describes any alcohol and drug abuse among Indians and Native 
    Alaskans who reside on reservations.
    (j) Permanent Commission.--Section 14 of the Federal Advisory 
Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall not apply to the Commission.
    (k) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, 
and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2002 and 2003.

   TITLE XXXIV--PROVISIONS RELATING TO FLEXIBILITY AND ACCOUNTABILITY

SEC. 3401. GENERAL AUTHORITIES AND PEER REVIEW.

    (a) General Authorities.--Paragraph (1) of section 501(e) of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa(e)) is amended to read as 
follows:
        ``(1) In general.--There may be in the Administration an 
    Associate Administrator for Alcohol Prevention and Treatment Policy 
    to whom the Administrator may delegate the functions of promoting, 
    monitoring, and evaluating service programs for the prevention and 
    treatment of alcoholism and alcohol abuse within the Center for 
    Substance Abuse Prevention, the Center for Substance Abuse 
    Treatment and the Center for Mental Health Services, and 
    coordinating such programs among the Centers, and among the Centers 
    and other public and private entities. The Associate Administrator 
    also may ensure that alcohol prevention, education, and policy 
    strategies are integrated into all programs of the Centers that 
    address substance abuse prevention, education, and policy, and that 
    the Center for Substance Abuse Prevention addresses the Healthy 
    People 2010 goals and the National Dietary Guidelines of the 
    Department of Health and Human Services and the Department of 
    Agriculture related to alcohol consumption.''.
    (b) Peer Review.--Section 504 of the Public Health Service (42 
U.S.C. 290aa-3) is amended as follows:

``SEC. 504. PEER REVIEW.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary, after consultation with the 
Administrator, shall require appropriate peer review of grants, 
cooperative agreements, and contracts to be administered through the 
agency which exceed the simple acquisition threshold as defined in 
section 4(11) of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act.
    ``(b) Members.--The members of any peer review group established 
under subsection (a) shall be individuals who by virtue of their 
training or experience are eminently qualified to perform the review 
functions of the group. Not more than one-fourth of the members of any 
such peer review group shall be officers or employees of the United 
States.
    ``(c) Advisory Council Review.--If the direct cost of a grant or 
cooperative agreement (described in subsection (a)) exceeds the simple 
acquisition threshold as defined by section 4(11) of the Office of 
Federal Procurement Policy Act, the Secretary may make such a grant or 
cooperative agreement only if such grant or cooperative agreement is 
recommended--
        ``(1) after peer review required under subsection (a); and
        ``(2) by the appropriate advisory council.
    ``(d) Conditions.--The Secretary may establish limited exceptions 
to the limitations contained in this section regarding participation of 
Federal employees and advisory council approval. The circumstances 
under which the Secretary may make such an exception shall be made 
public.''.

SEC. 3402. ADVISORY COUNCILS.

    Section 502(e) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa-
1(e)) is amended in the first sentence by striking ``3 times'' and 
inserting ``2 times''.

SEC. 3403. GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR THE PERFORMANCE PARTNERSHIP BLOCK 
              GRANTS.

    (a) Plans for Performance Partnerships.--Section 1949 of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-59) is amended as follows:

``SEC. 1949. PLANS FOR PERFORMANCE PARTNERSHIPS.

    ``(a) Development.--The Secretary in conjunction with States and 
other interested groups shall develop separate plans for the programs 
authorized under subparts I and II for creating more flexibility for 
States and accountability based on outcome and other performance 
measures. The plans shall each include--
        ``(1) a description of the flexibility that would be given to 
    the States under the plan;
        ``(2) the common set of performance measures that would be used 
    for accountability, including measures that would be used for the 
    program under subpart II for pregnant addicts, HIV transmission, 
    tuberculosis, and those with a co-occurring substance abuse and 
    mental disorders, and for programs under subpart I for children 
    with serious emotional disturbance and adults with serious mental 
    illness and for individuals with co-occurring mental health and 
    substance abuse disorders;
        ``(3) the definitions for the data elements to be used under 
    the plan;
        ``(4) the obstacles to implementation of the plan and the 
    manner in which such obstacles would be resolved;
        ``(5) the resources needed to implement the performance 
    partnerships under the plan; and
        ``(6) an implementation strategy complete with recommendations 
    for any necessary legislation.
    ``(b) Submission.--Not later than 2 years after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, the plans developed under subsection (a) shall 
be submitted to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions 
of the Senate and the Committee on Commerce of the House of 
Representatives.
    ``(c) Information.--As the elements of the plans described in 
subsection (a) are developed, States are encouraged to provide 
information to the Secretary on a voluntary basis.
    ``(d) Participants.--The Secretary shall include among those 
interested groups that participate in the development of the plan 
consumers of mental health or substance abuse services, providers, 
representatives of political divisions of States, and representatives 
of racial and ethnic groups including Native Americans.''.
    (b) Availability to States of Grant Programs.--Section 1952 of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-62) is amended as follows:

``SEC. 1952. AVAILABILITY TO STATES OF GRANT PAYMENTS.

    ``Any amounts paid to a State for a fiscal year under section 1911 
or 1921 shall be available for obligation and expenditure until the end 
of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which the amounts were 
paid.''.

SEC. 3404. DATA INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS.

    Part C of title XIX of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
300y et seq.) is amended--
        (1) by striking the headings for part C and subpart I and 
    inserting the following:

 ``PART C--CERTAIN PROGRAMS REGARDING MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE ABUSE

            ``Subpart I--Data Infrastructure Development'';

        (2) by striking section 1971 (42 U.S.C. 300y) and inserting the 
    following:

``SEC. 1971. DATA INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary may make grants to, and enter into 
contracts or cooperative agreements with States for the purpose of 
developing and operating mental health or substance abuse data 
collection, analysis, and reporting systems with regard to performance 
measures including capacity, process, and outcomes measures.
    ``(b) Projects.--The Secretary shall establish criteria to ensure 
that services will be available under this section to States that have 
a fundamental basis for the collection, analysis, and reporting of 
mental health and substance abuse performance measures and States that 
do not have such basis. The Secretary will establish criteria for 
determining whether a State has a fundamental basis for the collection, 
analysis, and reporting of data.
    ``(c) Condition of Receipt of Funds.--As a condition of the receipt 
of an award under this section a State shall agree to collect, analyze, 
and report to the Secretary within 2 years of the date of the award on 
a core set of performance measures to be determined by the Secretary in 
conjunction with the States.
    ``(d) Matching Requirement.--
        ``(1) In general.--With respect to the costs of the program to 
    be carried out under subsection (a) by a State, the Secretary may 
    make an award under such subsection only if the applicant agrees to 
    make available (directly or through donations from public or 
    private entities) non-Federal contributions toward such costs in an 
    amount that is not less than 50 percent of such costs.
        ``(2) Determination of amount contributed.--Non-Federal 
    contributions under paragraph (1) may be in cash or in kind, fairly 
    evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services. Amounts 
    provided by the Federal Government, or services assisted or 
    subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal Government, may 
    not be included in determining the amount of such contributions.
    ``(e) Duration of Support.--The period during which payments may be 
made for a project under subsection (a) may be not less than 3 years 
nor more than 5 years.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriation.--
        ``(1) In general.--For the purpose of carrying out this 
    section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may 
    be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001, 2002 and 2003.
        ``(2) Allocation.--Of the amounts appropriated under paragraph 
    (1) for a fiscal year, 50 percent shall be expended to support data 
    infrastructure development for mental health and 50 percent shall 
    be expended to support data infrastructure development for 
    substance abuse.''.

SEC. 3405. REPEAL OF OBSOLETE ADDICT REFERRAL PROVISIONS.

    (a) Repeal of Obsolete Public Health Service Act Authorities.--Part 
E of title III (42 U.S.C. 257 et seq.) is repealed.
    (b) Repeal of Obsolete NARA Authorities.--Titles III and IV of the 
Narcotic Addict Rehabilitation Act of 1966 (Public Law 89-793) are 
repealed.
    (c) Repeal of Obsolete Title 28 Authorities.--
        (1) In general.--Chapter 175 of title 28, United States Code, 
    is repealed.
        (2) Table of contents.--The table of contents to part VI of 
    title 28, United States Code, is amended by striking the items 
    relating to chapter 175.

SEC. 3406. INDIVIDUALS WITH CO-OCCURRING DISORDERS.

    The Public Health Service Act is amended by inserting after section 
503 (42 U.S.C. 290aa-2) the following:

``SEC. 503A. REPORT ON INDIVIDUALS WITH CO-OCCURRING MENTAL ILLNESS AND 
              SUBSTANCE ABUSE DISORDERS.

    ``(a) In General.--Not later than 2 years after the date of the 
enactment of this section, the Secretary shall, after consultation with 
organizations representing States, mental health and substance abuse 
treatment providers, prevention specialists, individuals receiving 
treatment services, and family members of such individuals, prepare and 
submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of 
the Senate and the Committee on Commerce of the House of 
Representatives, a report on prevention and treatment services for 
individuals who have co-occurring mental illness and substance abuse 
disorders.
    ``(b) Report Content.--The report under subsection (a) shall be 
based on data collected from existing Federal and State surveys 
regarding the treatment of co-occurring mental illness and substance 
abuse disorders and shall include--
        ``(1) a summary of the manner in which individuals with co-
    occurring disorders are receiving treatment, including the most up-
    to-date information available regarding the number of children and 
    adults with co-occurring mental illness and substance abuse 
    disorders and the manner in which funds provided under sections 
    1911 and 1921 are being utilized, including the number of such 
    children and adults served with such funds;
        ``(2) a summary of improvements necessary to ensure that 
    individuals with co-occurring mental illness and substance abuse 
    disorders receive the services they need;
        ``(3) a summary of practices for preventing substance abuse 
    among individuals who have a mental illness and are at risk of 
    having or acquiring a substance abuse disorder; and
        ``(4) a summary of evidenced-based practices for treating 
    individuals with co-occurring mental illness and substance abuse 
    disorders and recommendations for implementing such practices.
    ``(c) Funds for Report.--The Secretary may obligate funds to carry 
out this section with such appropriations as are available.''.

SEC. 3407. SERVICES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH CO-OCCURRING DISORDERS.

    Subpart III of part B of title XIX of the Public Health Service Act 
(42 U.S.C. 300x-51 et seq.) (as amended by section 3305) is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 1956. SERVICES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH CO-OCCURRING DISORDERS.

    ``States may use funds available for treatment under sections 1911 
and 1921 to treat persons with co-occurring substance abuse and mental 
disorders as long as funds available under such sections are used for 
the purposes for which they were authorized by law and can be tracked 
for accounting purposes.''.

 TITLE XXXV--WAIVER AUTHORITY FOR PHYSICIANS WHO DISPENSE OR PRESCRIBE 
  CERTAIN NARCOTIC DRUGS FOR MAINTENANCE TREATMENT OR DETOXIFICATION 
                               TREATMENT

SEC. 3501. SHORT TITLE.

    This title may be cited as the ``Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 
2000''.

SEC. 3502. AMENDMENT TO CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES ACT.

    (a) In General.--Section 303(g) of the Controlled Substances Act 
(21 U.S.C. 823(g)) is amended--
        (1) in paragraph (2), by striking ``(A) security'' and 
    inserting ``(i) security'', and by striking ``(B) the maintenance'' 
    and inserting ``(ii) the maintenance'';
        (2) by redesignating paragraphs (1) through (3) as 
    subparagraphs (A) through (C), respectively;
        (3) by inserting ``(1)'' after ``(g)'';
        (4) by striking ``Practitioners who dispense'' and inserting 
    ``Except as provided in paragraph (2), practitioners who 
    dispense''; and
        (5) by adding at the end the following paragraph:
    ``(2)(A) Subject to subparagraphs (D) and (J), the requirements of 
paragraph (1) are waived in the case of the dispensing (including the 
prescribing), by a practitioner, of narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, 
or V or combinations of such drugs if the practitioner meets the 
conditions specified in subparagraph (B) and the narcotic drugs or 
combinations of such drugs meet the conditions specified in 
subparagraph (C).
    ``(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the conditions specified in 
this subparagraph with respect to a practitioner are that, before the 
initial dispensing of narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, or V or 
combinations of such drugs to patients for maintenance or 
detoxification treatment, the practitioner submit to the Secretary a 
notification of the intent of the practitioner to begin dispensing the 
drugs or combinations for such purpose, and that the notification 
contain the following certifications by the practitioner:
        ``(i) The practitioner is a qualifying physician (as defined in 
    subparagraph (G)).
        ``(ii) With respect to patients to whom the practitioner will 
    provide such drugs or combinations of drugs, the practitioner has 
    the capacity to refer the patients for appropriate counseling and 
    other appropriate ancillary services.
        ``(iii) In any case in which the practitioner is not in a group 
    practice, the total number of such patients of the practitioner at 
    any one time will not exceed the applicable number. For purposes of 
    this clause, the applicable number is 30, except that the Secretary 
    may by regulation change such total number.
        ``(iv) In any case in which the practitioner is in a group 
    practice, the total number of such patients of the group practice 
    at any one time will not exceed the applicable number. For purposes 
    of this clause, the applicable number is 30, except that the 
    Secretary may by regulation change such total number, and the 
    Secretary for such purposes may by regulation establish different 
    categories on the basis of the number of practitioners in a group 
    practice and establish for the various categories different 
    numerical limitations on the number of such patients that the group 
    practice may have.
    ``(C) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the conditions specified in 
this subparagraph with respect to narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, 
or V or combinations of such drugs are as follows:
        ``(i) The drugs or combinations of drugs have, under the 
    Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act or section 351 of the Public 
    Health Service Act, been approved for use in maintenance or 
    detoxification treatment.
        ``(ii) The drugs or combinations of drugs have not been the 
    subject of an adverse determination. For purposes of this clause, 
    an adverse determination is a determination published in the 
    Federal Register and made by the Secretary, after consultation with 
    the Attorney General, that the use of the drugs or combinations of 
    drugs for maintenance or detoxification treatment requires 
    additional standards respecting the qualifications of practitioners 
    to provide such treatment, or requires standards respecting the 
    quantities of the drugs that may be provided for unsupervised use.
    ``(D)(i) A waiver under subparagraph (A) with respect to a 
practitioner is not in effect unless (in addition to conditions under 
subparagraphs (B) and (C)) the following conditions are met:
        ``(I) The notification under subparagraph (B) is in writing and 
    states the name of the practitioner.
        ``(II) The notification identifies the registration issued for 
    the practitioner pursuant to subsection (f).
        ``(III) If the practitioner is a member of a group practice, 
    the notification states the names of the other practitioners in the 
    practice and identifies the registrations issued for the other 
    practitioners pursuant to subsection (f).
    ``(ii) Upon receiving a notification under subparagraph (B), the 
Attorney General shall assign the practitioner involved an 
identification number under this paragraph for inclusion with the 
registration issued for the practitioner pursuant to subsection (f). 
The identification number so assigned shall be appropriate to preserve 
the confidentiality of patients for whom the practitioner has dispensed 
narcotic drugs under a waiver under subparagraph (A).
    ``(iii) Not later than 45 days after the date on which the 
Secretary receives a notification under subparagraph (B), the Secretary 
shall make a determination of whether the practitioner involved meets 
all requirements for a waiver under subparagraph (B). If the Secretary 
fails to make such determination by the end of the such 45-day period, 
the Attorney General shall assign the physician an identification 
number described in clause (ii) at the end of such period.
    ``(E)(i) If a practitioner is not registered under paragraph (1) 
and, in violation of the conditions specified in subparagraphs (B) 
through (D), dispenses narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, or V or 
combinations of such drugs for maintenance treatment or detoxification 
treatment, the Attorney General may, for purposes of section 304(a)(4), 
consider the practitioner to have committed an act that renders the 
registration of the practitioner pursuant to subsection (f) to be 
inconsistent with the public interest.
    ``(ii)(I) Upon the expiration of 45 days from the date on which the 
Secretary receives a notification under subparagraph (B), a 
practitioner who in good faith submits a notification under 
subparagraph (B) and reasonably believes that the conditions specified 
in subparagraphs (B) through (D) have been met shall, in dispensing 
narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, or V or combinations of such drugs 
for maintenance treatment or detoxification treatment, be considered to 
have a waiver under subparagraph (A) until notified otherwise by the 
Secretary, except that such a practitioner may commence to prescribe or 
dispense such narcotic drugs for such purposes prior to the expiration 
of such 45-day period if it facilitates the treatment of an individual 
patient and both the Secretary and the Attorney General are notified by 
the practitioner of the intent to commence prescribing or dispensing 
such narcotic drugs.
    ``(II) For purposes of subclause (I), the publication in the 
Federal Register of an adverse determination by the Secretary pursuant 
to subparagraph (C)(ii) shall (with respect to the narcotic drug or 
combination involved) be considered to be a notification provided by 
the Secretary to practitioners, effective upon the expiration of the 
30-day period beginning on the date on which the adverse determination 
is so published.
    ``(F)(i) With respect to the dispensing of narcotic drugs in 
schedule III, IV, or V or combinations of such drugs to patients for 
maintenance or detoxification treatment, a practitioner may, in his or 
her discretion, dispense such drugs or combinations for such treatment 
under a registration under paragraph (1) or a waiver under subparagraph 
(A) (subject to meeting the applicable conditions).
    ``(ii) This paragraph may not be construed as having any legal 
effect on the conditions for obtaining a registration under paragraph 
(1), including with respect to the number of patients who may be served 
under such a registration.
    ``(G) For purposes of this paragraph:
        ``(i) The term `group practice' has the meaning given such term 
    in section 1877(h)(4) of the Social Security Act.
        ``(ii) The term `qualifying physician' means a physician who is 
    licensed under State law and who meets one or more of the following 
    conditions:
            ``(I) The physician holds a subspecialty board 
        certification in addiction psychiatry from the American Board 
        of Medical Specialties.
            ``(II) The physician holds an addiction certification from 
        the American Society of Addiction Medicine.
            ``(III) The physician holds a subspecialty board 
        certification in addiction medicine from the American 
        Osteopathic Association.
            ``(IV) The physician has, with respect to the treatment and 
        management of opiate-dependent patients, completed not less 
        than eight hours of training (through classroom situations, 
        seminars at professional society meetings, electronic 
        communications, or otherwise) that is provided by the American 
        Society of Addiction Medicine, the American Academy of 
        Addiction Psychiatry, the American Medical Association, the 
        American Osteopathic Association, the American Psychiatric 
        Association, or any other organization that the Secretary 
        determines is appropriate for purposes of this subclause.
            ``(V) The physician has participated as an investigator in 
        one or more clinical trials leading to the approval of a 
        narcotic drug in schedule III, IV, or V for maintenance or 
        detoxification treatment, as demonstrated by a statement 
        submitted to the Secretary by the sponsor of such approved 
        drug.
            ``(VI) The physician has such other training or experience 
        as the State medical licensing board (of the State in which the 
        physician will provide maintenance or detoxification treatment) 
        considers to demonstrate the ability of the physician to treat 
        and manage opiate-dependent patients.
            ``(VII) The physician has such other training or experience 
        as the Secretary considers to demonstrate the ability of the 
        physician to treat and manage opiate-dependent patients. Any 
        criteria of the Secretary under this subclause shall be 
        established by regulation. Any such criteria are effective only 
        for 3 years after the date on which the criteria are 
        promulgated, but may be extended for such additional discrete 
        3-year periods as the Secretary considers appropriate for 
        purposes of this subclause. Such an extension of criteria may 
        only be effectuated through a statement published in the 
        Federal Register by the Secretary during the 30-day period 
        preceding the end of the 3-year period involved.
    ``(H)(i) In consultation with the Administrator of the Drug 
Enforcement Administration, the Administrator of the Substance Abuse 
and Mental Health Services Administration, the Director of the National 
Institute on Drug Abuse, and the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, the 
Secretary shall issue regulations (through notice and comment 
rulemaking) or issue practice guidelines to address the following:
        ``(I) Approval of additional credentialing bodies and the 
    responsibilities of additional credentialing bodies.
        ``(II) Additional exemptions from the requirements of this 
    paragraph and any regulations under this paragraph.
Nothing in such regulations or practice guidelines may authorize any 
Federal official or employee to exercise supervision or control over 
the practice of medicine or the manner in which medical services are 
provided.
    ``(ii) Not later than 120 days after the date of the enactment of 
the Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 2000, the Secretary shall issue a 
treatment improvement protocol containing best practice guidelines for 
the treatment and maintenance of opiate-dependent patients. The 
Secretary shall develop the protocol in consultation with the Director 
of the National Institute on Drug Abuse, the Administrator of the Drug 
Enforcement Administration, the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, the 
Administrator of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services 
Administration and other substance abuse disorder professionals. The 
protocol shall be guided by science.
    ``(I) During the 3-year period beginning on the date of the 
enactment of the Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 2000, a State may not 
preclude a practitioner from dispensing or prescribing drugs in 
schedule III, IV, or V, or combinations of such drugs, to patients for 
maintenance or detoxification treatment in accordance with this 
paragraph unless, before the expiration of that 3-year period, the 
State enacts a law prohibiting a practitioner from dispensing such 
drugs or combinations of drug.
    ``(J)(i) This paragraph takes effect on the date of the enactment 
of the Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 2000, and remains in effect 
thereafter except as provided in clause (iii) (relating to a decision 
by the Secretary or the Attorney General that this paragraph should not 
remain in effect).
    ``(ii) For purposes relating to clause (iii), the Secretary and the 
Attorney General may, during the 3-year period beginning on the date of 
the enactment of the Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 2000, make 
determinations in accordance with the following:
        ``(I) The Secretary may make a determination of whether 
    treatments provided under waivers under subparagraph (A) have been 
    effective forms of maintenance treatment and detoxification 
    treatment in clinical settings; may make a determination of whether 
    such waivers have significantly increased (relative to the 
    beginning of such period) the availability of maintenance treatment 
    and detoxification treatment; and may make a determination of 
    whether such waivers have adverse consequences for the public 
    health.
        ``(II) The Attorney General may make a determination of the 
    extent to which there have been violations of the numerical 
    limitations established under subparagraph (B) for the number of 
    individuals to whom a practitioner may provide treatment; may make 
    a determination of whether waivers under subparagraph (A) have 
    increased (relative to the beginning of such period) the extent to 
    which narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, or V or combinations of 
    such drugs are being dispensed or possessed in violation of this 
    Act; and may make a determination of whether such waivers have 
    adverse consequences for the public health.
    ``(iii) If, before the expiration of the period specified in clause 
(ii), the Secretary or the Attorney General publishes in the Federal 
Register a decision, made on the basis of determinations under such 
clause, that this paragraph should not remain in effect, this paragraph 
ceases to be in effect 60 days after the date on which the decision is 
so published. The Secretary shall in making any such decision consult 
with the Attorney General, and shall in publishing the decision in the 
Federal Register include any comments received from the Attorney 
General for inclusion in the publication. The Attorney General shall in 
making any such decision consult with the Secretary, and shall in 
publishing the decision in the Federal Register include any comments 
received from the Secretary for inclusion in the publication.''.
    (b) Conforming Amendments.--Section 304 of the Controlled 
Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 824) is amended--
        (1) in subsection (a), in the matter after and below paragraph 
    (5), by striking ``section 303(g)'' each place such term appears 
    and inserting ``section 303(g)(1)''; and
        (2) in subsection (d), by striking ``section 303(g)'' and 
    inserting ``section 303(g)(1)''.
    (c) Additional Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of 
assisting the Secretary of Health and Human Services with the 
additional duties established for the Secretary pursuant to the 
amendments made by this section, there are authorized to be 
appropriated, in addition to other authorizations of appropriations 
that are available for such purpose, such sums as may be necessary for 
each of fiscal years 2001 through 2003.

      TITLE XXXVI--METHAMPHETAMINE AND OTHER CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES

SEC. 3601. SHORT TITLE.

    This title may be cited as the ``Methamphetamine Anti-Proliferation 
Act of 2000''.

     Subtitle A--Methamphetamine Production, Trafficking, and Abuse

                       PART I--CRIMINAL PENALTIES

SEC. 3611. ENHANCED PUNISHMENT OF AMPHETAMINE LABORATORY OPERATORS.

    (a) Amendment to Federal Sentencing Guidelines.--Pursuant to its 
authority under section 994(p) of title 28, United States Code, the 
United States Sentencing Commission shall amend the Federal sentencing 
guidelines in accordance with this section with respect to any offense 
relating to the manufacture, importation, exportation, or trafficking 
in amphetamine (including an attempt or conspiracy to do any of the 
foregoing) in violation of--
        (1) the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.);
        (2) the Controlled Substances Import and Export Act (21 U.S.C. 
    951 et seq.); or
        (3) the Maritime Drug Law Enforcement Act (46 U.S.C. App. 1901 
    et seq.).
    (b) General Requirement.--In carrying out this section, the United 
States Sentencing Commission shall, with respect to each offense 
described in subsection (a) relating to amphetamine--
        (1) review and amend its guidelines to provide for increased 
    penalties such that those penalties are comparable to the base 
    offense level for methamphetamine; and
        (2) take any other action the Commission considers necessary to 
    carry out this subsection.
    (c) Additional Requirements.--In carrying out this section, the 
United States Sentencing Commission shall ensure that the sentencing 
guidelines for offenders convicted of offenses described in subsection 
(a) reflect the heinous nature of such offenses, the need for 
aggressive law enforcement action to fight such offenses, and the 
extreme dangers associated with unlawful activity involving 
amphetamines, including--
        (1) the rapidly growing incidence of amphetamine abuse and the 
    threat to public safety that such abuse poses;
        (2) the high risk of amphetamine addiction;
        (3) the increased risk of violence associated with amphetamine 
    trafficking and abuse; and
        (4) the recent increase in the illegal importation of 
    amphetamine and precursor chemicals.
    (d) Emergency Authority to Sentencing Commission.--The United 
States Sentencing Commission shall promulgate amendments pursuant to 
this section as soon as practicable after the date of the enactment of 
this Act in accordance with the procedure set forth in section 21(a) of 
the Sentencing Act of 1987 (Public Law 100-182), as though the 
authority under that Act had not expired.

SEC. 3612. ENHANCED PUNISHMENT OF AMPHETAMINE OR METHAMPHETAMINE 
              LABORATORY OPERATORS.

    (a) Federal Sentencing Guidelines.--
        (1) In general.--Pursuant to its authority under section 994(p) 
    of title 28, United States Code, the United States Sentencing 
    Commission shall amend the Federal sentencing guidelines in 
    accordance with paragraph (2) with respect to any offense relating 
    to the manufacture, attempt to manufacture, or conspiracy to 
    manufacture amphetamine or methamphetamine in violation of--
            (A) the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.);
            (B) the Controlled Substances Import and Export Act (21 
        U.S.C. 951 et seq.); or
            (C) the Maritime Drug Law Enforcement Act (46 U.S.C. App. 
        1901 et seq.).
        (2) Requirements.--In carrying out this paragraph, the United 
    States Sentencing Commission shall--
            (A) if the offense created a substantial risk of harm to 
        human life (other than a life described in subparagraph (B)) or 
        the environment, increase the base offense level for the 
        offense--
                (i) by not less than 3 offense levels above the 
            applicable level in effect on the date of the enactment of 
            this Act; or
                (ii) if the resulting base offense level after an 
            increase under clause (i) would be less than level 27, to 
            not less than level 27; or
            (B) if the offense created a substantial risk of harm to 
        the life of a minor or incompetent, increase the base offense 
        level for the offense--
                (i) by not less than 6 offense levels above the 
            applicable level in effect on the date of the enactment of 
            this Act; or
                (ii) if the resulting base offense level after an 
            increase under clause (i) would be less than level 30, to 
            not less than level 30.
        (3) Emergency authority to sentencing commission.--The United 
    States Sentencing Commission shall promulgate amendments pursuant 
    to this subsection as soon as practicable after the date of the 
    enactment of this Act in accordance with the procedure set forth in 
    section 21(a) of the Sentencing Act of 1987 (Public Law 100-182), 
    as though the authority under that Act had not expired.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendments made pursuant to this section 
shall apply with respect to any offense occurring on or after the date 
that is 60 days after the date of the enactment of this Act.

SEC. 3613. MANDATORY RESTITUTION FOR VIOLATIONS OF CONTROLLED 
              SUBSTANCES ACT AND CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES IMPORT AND 
              EXPORT ACT RELATING TO AMPHETAMINE AND METHAMPHETAMINE.

    (a) Mandatory Restitution.--Section 413(q) of the Controlled 
Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 853(q)) is amended--
        (1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking ``may'' 
    and inserting ``shall'';
        (2) by inserting ``amphetamine or'' before ``methamphetamine'' 
    each place it appears;
        (3) in paragraph (2)--
            (A) by inserting ``, the State or local government 
        concerned, or both the United States and the State or local 
        government concerned'' after ``United States'' the first place 
        it appears; and
            (B) by inserting ``or the State or local government 
        concerned, as the case may be,'' after ``United States'' the 
        second place it appears; and
        (4) in paragraph (3), by striking ``section 3663 of title 18, 
    United States Code'' and inserting ``section 3663A of title 18, 
    United States Code''.
    (b) Deposit of Amounts in Department of Justice Assets Forfeiture 
Fund.--Section 524(c)(4) of title 28, United States Code, is amended--
        (1) by striking ``and'' at the end of subparagraph (B);
        (2) by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (C) and 
    inserting ``; and''; and
        (3) by adding at the end the following:
        ``(D) all amounts collected--
            ``(i) by the United States pursuant to a reimbursement 
        order under paragraph (2) of section 413(q) of the Controlled 
        Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 853(q)); and
            ``(ii) pursuant to a restitution order under paragraph (1) 
        or (3) of section 413(q) of the Controlled Substances Act for 
        injuries to the United States.''.
    (c) Clarification of Certain Orders of Restitution.--Section 
3663(c)(2)(B) of title 18, United States Code, is amended by inserting 
``which may be'' after ``the fine''.
    (d) Expansion of Applicability of Mandatory Restitution.--Section 
3663A(c)(1)(A)(ii) of title 18, United States Code, is amended by 
inserting ``or under section 416(a) of the Controlled Substances Act 
(21 U.S.C. 856(a)),'' after ``under this title,''.
    (e) Treatment of Illicit Substance Manufacturing Operations as 
Crimes Against Property.--Section 416 of the Controlled Substances Act 
(21 U.S.C. 856) is amended by adding at the end the following new 
subsection:
    ``(c) A violation of subsection (a) shall be considered an offense 
against property for purposes of section 3663A(c)(1)(A)(ii) of title 
18, United States Code.''.

SEC. 3614. METHAMPHETAMINE PARAPHERNALIA.

    Section 422(d) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 863(d)) 
is amended in the matter preceding paragraph (1) by inserting 
``methamphetamine,'' after ``PCP,''.

                   PART II--ENHANCED LAW ENFORCEMENT

SEC. 3621. ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH ILLEGAL MANUFACTURE OF 
              AMPHETAMINE AND METHAMPHETAMINE.

    (a) Use of Amounts or Department of Justice Assets Forfeiture 
Fund.--Section 524(c)(1)(E) of title 28, United States Code, is 
amended--
        (1) by inserting ``(i) for'' before ``disbursements'';
        (2) by inserting ``and'' after the semicolon; and
        (3) by adding at the end the following:
        ``(ii) for payment for--
            ``(I) costs incurred by or on behalf of the Department of 
        Justice in connection with the removal, for purposes of Federal 
        forfeiture and disposition, of any hazardous substance or 
        pollutant or contaminant associated with the illegal 
        manufacture of amphetamine or methamphetamine; and
            ``(II) costs incurred by or on behalf of a State or local 
        government in connection with such removal in any case in which 
        such State or local government has assisted in a Federal 
        prosecution relating to amphetamine or methamphetamine, to the 
        extent such costs exceed equitable sharing payments made to 
        such State or local government in such case;''.
    (b) Grants Under Drug Control and System Improvement Grant 
Program.--Section 501(b)(3) of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe 
Streets Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 3751(b)(3)) is amended by inserting 
before the semicolon the following: ``and to remove any hazardous 
substance or pollutant or contaminant associated with the illegal 
manufacture of amphetamine or methamphetamine''.
    (c) Amounts Supplement and Not Supplant.--
        (1) Assets forfeiture fund.--Any amounts made available from 
    the Department of Justice Assets Forfeiture Fund in a fiscal year 
    by reason of the amendment made by subsection (a) shall supplement, 
    and not supplant, any other amounts made available to the 
    Department of Justice in such fiscal year from other sources for 
    payment of costs described in section 524(c)(1)(E)(ii) of title 28, 
    United States Code, as so amended.
        (2) Grant program.--Any amounts made available in a fiscal year 
    under the grant program under section 501(b)(3) of the Omnibus 
    Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 3751(b)(3)) 
    for the removal of hazardous substances or pollutants or 
    contaminants associated with the illegal manufacture of amphetamine 
    or methamphetamine by reason of the amendment made by subsection 
    (b) shall supplement, and not supplant, any other amounts made 
    available in such fiscal year from other sources for such removal.

SEC. 3622. REDUCTION IN RETAIL SALES TRANSACTION THRESHOLD FOR NON-SAFE 
              HARBOR PRODUCTS CONTAINING PSEUDOEPHEDRINE OR 
              PHENYLPROPANOLAMINE.

    (a) Reduction in Transaction Threshold.--Section 102(39)(A)(iv)(II) 
of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 802(39)(A)(iv)(II)) is 
amended--
        (1) by striking ``24 grams'' both places it appears and 
    inserting ``9 grams''; and
        (2) by inserting before the semicolon at the end the following: 
    ``and sold in package sizes of not more than 3 grams of 
    pseudoephedrine base or 3 grams of phenylpropanolamine base''.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendments made by subsection (a) shall 
take effect 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act.

SEC. 3623. TRAINING FOR DRUG ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION AND STATE AND 
              LOCAL LAW ENFORCEMENT PERSONNEL RELATING TO CLANDESTINE 
              LABORATORIES.

    (a) In General.--
        (1) Requirement.--The Administrator of the Drug Enforcement 
    Administration shall carry out the programs described in subsection 
    (b) with respect to the law enforcement personnel of States and 
    localities determined by the Administrator to have significant 
    levels of methamphetamine-related or amphetamine-related crime or 
    projected by the Administrator to have the potential for such 
    levels of crime in the future.
        (2) Duration.--The duration of any program under that 
    subsection may not exceed 3 years.
    (b) Covered Programs.--The programs described in this subsection 
are as follows:
        (1) Advanced mobile clandestine laboratory training teams.--A 
    program of advanced mobile clandestine laboratory training teams, 
    which shall provide information and training to State and local law 
    enforcement personnel in techniques utilized in conducting 
    undercover investigations and conspiracy cases, and other 
    information designed to assist in the investigation of the illegal 
    manufacturing and trafficking of amphetamine and methamphetamine.
        (2) Basic clandestine laboratory certification training.--A 
    program of basic clandestine laboratory certification training, 
    which shall provide information and training--
            (A) to Drug Enforcement Administration personnel and State 
        and local law enforcement personnel for purposes of enabling 
        such personnel to meet any certification requirements under law 
        with respect to the handling of wastes created by illegal 
        amphetamine and methamphetamine laboratories; and
            (B) to State and local law enforcement personnel for 
        purposes of enabling such personnel to provide the information 
        and training covered by subparagraph (A) to other State and 
        local law enforcement personnel.
        (3) Clandestine laboratory recertification and awareness 
    training.--A program of clandestine laboratory recertification and 
    awareness training, which shall provide information and training to 
    State and local law enforcement personnel for purposes of enabling 
    such personnel to provide recertification and awareness training 
    relating to clandestine laboratories to additional State and local 
    law enforcement personnel.
    (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated for each of fiscal years 2000, 2001, and 2002 amounts as 
follows:
        (1) $1,500,000 to carry out the program described in subsection 
    (b)(1).
        (2) $3,000,000 to carry out the program described in subsection 
    (b)(2).
        (3) $1,000,000 to carry out the program described in subsection 
    (b)(3).

SEC. 3624. COMBATING METHAMPHETAMINE AND AMPHETAMINE IN HIGH INTENSITY 
              DRUG TRAFFICKING AREAS.

    (a) In General.--
        (1) In general.--The Director of National Drug Control Policy 
    shall use amounts available under this section to combat the 
    trafficking of methamphetamine and amphetamine in areas designated 
    by the Director as high intensity drug trafficking areas.
        (2) Activities.--In meeting the requirement in paragraph (1), 
    the Director shall transfer funds to appropriate Federal, State, 
    and local governmental agencies for employing additional Federal 
    law enforcement personnel, or facilitating the employment of 
    additional State and local law enforcement personnel, including 
    agents, investigators, prosecutors, laboratory technicians, 
    chemists, investigative assistants, and drug-prevention 
    specialists.
    (b) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section--
        (1) $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2000; and
        (2) such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2001 
    through 2004.
    (c) Apportionment of Funds.--
        (1) Factors in apportionment.--The Director shall apportion 
    amounts appropriated for a fiscal year pursuant to the 
    authorization of appropriations in subsection (b) for activities 
    under subsection (a) among and within areas designated by the 
    Director as high intensity drug trafficking areas based on the 
    following factors:
            (A) The number of methamphetamine manufacturing facilities 
        and amphetamine manufacturing facilities discovered by Federal, 
        State, or local law enforcement officials in the previous 
        fiscal year.
            (B) The number of methamphetamine prosecutions and 
        amphetamine prosecutions in Federal, State, or local courts in 
        the previous fiscal year.
            (C) The number of methamphetamine arrests and amphetamine 
        arrests by Federal, State, or local law enforcement officials 
        in the previous fiscal year.
            (D) The amounts of methamphetamine, amphetamine, or listed 
        chemicals (as that term is defined in section 102(33) of the 
        Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 802(33)) seized by 
        Federal, State, or local law enforcement officials in the 
        previous fiscal year.
            (E) Intelligence and predictive data from the Drug 
        Enforcement Administration and the Department of Health and 
        Human Services showing patterns and trends in abuse, 
        trafficking, and transportation in methamphetamine, 
        amphetamine, and listed chemicals (as that term is so defined).
        (2) Certification.--Before the Director apportions any funds 
    under this subsection to a high intensity drug trafficking area, 
    the Director shall certify that the law enforcement entities 
    responsible for clandestine methamphetamine and amphetamine 
    laboratory seizures in that area are providing laboratory seizure 
    data to the national clandestine laboratory database at the El Paso 
    Intelligence Center.
    (d) Limitation on Administrative Costs.--Not more than 5 percent of 
the amount appropriated in a fiscal year pursuant to the authorization 
of appropriations for that fiscal year in subsection (b) may be 
available in that fiscal year for administrative costs associated with 
activities under subsection (a).

SEC. 3625. COMBATING AMPHETAMINE AND METHAMPHETAMINE MANUFACTURING AND 
              TRAFFICKING.

    (a) Activities.--In order to combat the illegal manufacturing and 
trafficking in amphetamine and methamphetamine, the Administrator of 
the Drug Enforcement Administration may--
        (1) assist State and local law enforcement in small and mid-
    sized communities in all phases of investigations related to such 
    manufacturing and trafficking, including assistance with foreign-
    language interpretation;
        (2) staff additional regional enforcement and mobile 
    enforcement teams related to such manufacturing and trafficking;
        (3) establish additional resident offices and posts of duty to 
    assist State and local law enforcement in rural areas in combating 
    such manufacturing and trafficking;
        (4) provide the Special Operations Division of the 
    Administration with additional agents and staff to collect, 
    evaluate, interpret, and disseminate critical intelligence 
    targeting the command and control operations of major amphetamine 
    and methamphetamine manufacturing and trafficking organizations;
        (5) enhance the investigative and related functions of the 
    Chemical Control Program of the Administration to implement more 
    fully the provisions of the Comprehensive Methamphetamine Control 
    Act of 1996 (Public Law 104-237);
        (6) design an effective means of requiring an accurate 
    accounting of the import and export of list I chemicals, and 
    coordinate investigations relating to the diversion of such 
    chemicals;
        (7) develop a computer infrastructure sufficient to receive, 
    process, analyze, and redistribute time-sensitive enforcement 
    information from suspicious order reporting to field offices of the 
    Administration and other law enforcement and regulatory agencies, 
    including the continuing development of the Suspicious Order 
    Reporting and Tracking System (SORTS) and the Chemical Transaction 
    Database (CTRANS) of the Administration;
        (8) establish an education, training, and communication process 
    in order to alert the industry to current trends and emerging 
    patterns in the illegal manufacturing of amphetamine and 
    methamphetamine; and
        (9) carry out such other activities as the Administrator 
    considers appropriate.
    (b) Additional Positions and Personnel.--
        (1) In general.--In carrying out activities under subsection 
    (a), the Administrator may establish in the Administration not more 
    than 50 full-time positions, including not more than 31 special-
    agent positions, and may appoint personnel to such positions.
        (2) Particular positions.--In carrying out activities under 
    paragraphs (5) through (8) of subsection (a), the Administrator may 
    establish in the Administration not more than 15 full-time 
    positions, including not more than 10 diversion investigator 
    positions, and may appoint personnel to such positions. Any 
    positions established under this paragraph are in addition to any 
    positions established under paragraph (1).
    (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated for the Drug Enforcement Administration for each fiscal 
year after fiscal year 1999, $9,500,000 for purposes of carrying out 
the activities authorized by subsection (a) and employing personnel in 
positions established under subsection (b), of which $3,000,000 shall 
be available for activities under paragraphs (5) through (8) of 
subsection (a) and for employing personnel in positions established 
under subsection (b)(2).

                PART III--ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT

SEC. 3631. EXPANSION OF METHAMPHETAMINE RESEARCH.

    Section 464N of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285o-2) is 
amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(c) Methamphetamine Research.--
        ``(1) Grants or cooperative agreements.--The Director of the 
    Institute may make grants or enter into cooperative agreements to 
    expand the current and on-going interdisciplinary research and 
    clinical trials with treatment centers of the National Drug Abuse 
    Treatment Clinical Trials Network relating to methamphetamine abuse 
    and addiction and other biomedical, behavioral, and social issues 
    related to methamphetamine abuse and addiction.
        ``(2) Use of funds.--Amounts made available under a grant or 
    cooperative agreement under paragraph (1) for methamphetamine abuse 
    and addiction may be used for research and clinical trials relating 
    to--
            ``(A) the effects of methamphetamine abuse on the human 
        body, including the brain;
            ``(B) the addictive nature of methamphetamine and how such 
        effects differ with respect to different individuals;
            ``(C) the connection between methamphetamine abuse and 
        mental health;
            ``(D) the identification and evaluation of the most 
        effective methods of prevention of methamphetamine abuse and 
        addiction;
            ``(E) the identification and development of the most 
        effective methods of treatment of methamphetamine addiction, 
        including pharmacological treatments;
            ``(F) risk factors for methamphetamine abuse;
            ``(G) effects of methamphetamine abuse and addiction on 
        pregnant women and their fetuses; and
            ``(H) cultural, social, behavioral, neurological and 
        psychological reasons that individuals abuse methamphetamine, 
        or refrain from abusing methamphetamine.
        ``(3) Research results.--The Director shall promptly 
    disseminate research results under this subsection to Federal, 
    State and local entities involved in combating methamphetamine 
    abuse and addiction.
        ``(4) Authorization of appropriations.--
            ``(A) Authorization of appropriations.--There is authorized 
        to be appropriated to carry out paragraph (1), such sums as may 
        be necessary for each fiscal year.
            ``(B) Supplement not supplant.--Amounts appropriated 
        pursuant to the authorization of appropriations in subparagraph 
        (A) for a fiscal year shall supplement and not supplant any 
        other amounts appropriated in such fiscal year for research on 
        methamphetamine abuse and addiction.''.

SEC. 3632. METHAMPHETAMINE AND AMPHETAMINE TREATMENT INITIATIVE BY 
              CENTER FOR SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT.

    Subpart 1 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 290bb et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following new 
section:


          ``methamphetamine and amphetamine treatment initiative

    ``Sec. 514. (a) Grants.--
        ``(1) Authority to make grants.--The Director of the Center for 
    Substance Abuse Treatment may make grants to States and Indian 
    tribes recognized by the United States that have a high rate, or 
    have had a rapid increase, in methamphetamine or amphetamine abuse 
    or addiction in order to permit such States and Indian tribes to 
    expand activities in connection with the treatment of 
    methamphetamine or amphetamine abuser or addiction in the specific 
    geographical areas of such States or Indian tribes, as the case may 
    be, where there is such a rate or has been such an increase.
        ``(2) Recipients.--Any grants under paragraph (1) shall be 
    directed to the substance abuse directors of the States, and of the 
    appropriate tribal government authorities of the Indian tribes, 
    selected by the Director to receive such grants.
        ``(3) Nature of activities.--Any activities under a grant under 
    paragraph (1) shall be based on reliable scientific evidence of 
    their efficacy in the treatment of methamphetamine or amphetamine 
    abuse or addiction.
    ``(b) Geographic Distribution.--The Director shall ensure that 
grants under subsection (a) are distributed equitably among the various 
regions of the country and among rural, urban, and suburban areas that 
are affected by methamphetamine or amphetamine abuse or addiction.
    ``(c) Additional Activities.--The Director shall--
        ``(1) evaluate the activities supported by grants under 
    subsection (a);
        ``(2) disseminate widely such significant information derived 
    from the evaluation as the Director considers appropriate to assist 
    States, Indian tribes, and private providers of treatment services 
    for methamphetamine or amphetamine abuser or addiction in the 
    treatment of methamphetamine or amphetamine abuse or addiction; and
        ``(3) provide States, Indian tribes, and such providers with 
    technical assistance in connection with the provision of such 
    treatment.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--
        ``(1) In general.--There are authorized to be appropriated to 
    carry out this section $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2000 and such 
    sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2001 and 2002.
        ``(2) Use of certain funds.--Of the funds appropriated to carry 
    out this section in any fiscal year, the lesser of 5 percent of 
    such funds or $1,000,000 shall be available to the Director for 
    purposes of carrying out subsection (c).''.

SEC. 3633. STUDY OF METHAMPHETAMINE TREATMENT.

    (a) Study.--
        (1) Requirement.--The Secretary of Health and Human Services 
    shall, in consultation with the Institute of Medicine of the 
    National Academy of Sciences, conduct a study on the development of 
    medications for the treatment of addiction to amphetamine and 
    methamphetamine.
        (2) Report.--Not later than 9 months after the date of the 
    enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to the Committees 
    on the Judiciary of the Senate and House of Representatives a 
    report on the results of the study conducted under paragraph (1).
    (b) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are hereby authorized 
to be appropriated for the Department of Health and Human Services for 
fiscal year 2000 such sums as may be necessary to meet the requirements 
of subsection (a).

                            PART IV--REPORTS

SEC. 3641. REPORTS ON CONSUMPTION OF METHAMPHETAMINE AND OTHER ILLICIT 
              DRUGS IN RURAL AREAS, METROPOLITAN AREAS, AND 
              CONSOLIDATED METROPOLITAN AREAS.

    The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall include in each 
National Household Survey on Drug Abuse appropriate prevalence data and 
information on the consumption of methamphetamine and other illicit 
drugs in rural areas, metropolitan areas, and consolidated metropolitan 
areas.

SEC. 3642. REPORT ON DIVERSION OF ORDINARY, OVER-THE-COUNTER 
              PSEUDOEPHEDRINE AND PHENYLPROPANOLAMINE PRODUCTS.

    (a) Study.--The Attorney General shall conduct a study of the use 
of ordinary, over-the-counter pseudoephedrine and phenylpropanolamine 
products in the clandestine production of illicit drugs. Sources of 
data for the study shall include the following:
        (1) Information from Federal, State, and local clandestine 
    laboratory seizures and related investigations identifying the 
    source, type, or brand of drug products being utilized and how they 
    were obtained for the illicit production of methamphetamine and 
    amphetamine.
        (2) Information submitted voluntarily from the pharmaceutical 
    and retail industries involved in the manufacture, distribution, 
    and sale of drug products containing ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, 
    and phenylpropanolamine, including information on changes in the 
    pattern, volume, or both, of sales of ordinary, over-the-counter 
    pseudoephedrine and phenylpropanolamine products.
    (b) Report.--
        (1) Requirement.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the 
    enactment of this Act, the Attorney General shall submit to 
    Congress a report on the study conducted under subsection (a).
        (2) Elements.--The report shall include--
            (A) the findings of the Attorney General as a result of the 
        study; and
            (B) such recommendations on the need to establish 
        additional measures to prevent diversion of ordinary, over-the-
        counter pseudoephedrine and phenylpropanolamine (such as a 
        threshold on ordinary, over-the-counter pseudoephedrine and 
        phenylpropanolamine products) as the Attorney General considers 
        appropriate.
        (3) Matters considered.--In preparing the report, the Attorney 
    General shall consider the comments and recommendations including 
    the comments on the Attorney General's proposed findings and 
    recommendations, of State and local law enforcement and regulatory 
    officials and of representatives of the industry described in 
    subsection (a)(2).
    (c) Regulation of Retail Sales.--
        (1) In general.--Notwithstanding section 401(d) of the 
    Comprehensive Methamphetamine Control Act of 1996 (21 U.S.C. 802 
    note) and subject to paragraph (2), the Attorney General shall 
    establish by regulation a single-transaction limit of not less than 
    24 grams of ordinary, over-the-counter pseudoephedrine or 
    phenylpropanolamine (as the case may be) for retail distributors, 
    if the Attorney General finds, in the report under subsection (b), 
    that--
            (A) there is a significant number of instances (as set 
        forth in paragraph (3)(A) of such section 401(d) for purposes 
        of such section) where ordinary, over-the-counter 
        pseudoephedrine products, phenylpropanolamine products, or both 
        such products that were purchased from retail distributors were 
        widely used in the clandestine production of illicit drugs; and
            (B) the best practical method of preventing such use is the 
        establishment of single-transaction limits for retail 
        distributors of either or both of such products.
        (2) Due process.--The Attorney General shall establish the 
    single-transaction limit under paragraph (1) only after notice, 
    comment, and an informal hearing.

              Subtitle B--Controlled Substances Generally

SEC. 3651. ENHANCED PUNISHMENT FOR TRAFFICKING IN LIST I CHEMICALS.

    (a) Amendments to Federal Sentencing Guidelines.--Pursuant to its 
authority under section 994(p) of title 28, United States Code, the 
United States Sentencing Commission shall amend the Federal sentencing 
guidelines in accordance with this section with respect to any 
violation of paragraph (1) or (2) of section 401(d) of the Controlled 
Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 841(d)) involving a list I chemical and any 
violation of paragraph (1) or (3) of section 1010(d) of the Controlled 
Substance Import and Export Act (21 U.S.C. 960(d)) involving a list I 
chemical.
    (b) Ephedrine, Phenylpropanolamine, and Pseudoephedrine.--
        (1) In general.--In carrying this section, the United States 
    Sentencing Commission shall, with respect to each offense described 
    in subsection (a) involving ephedrine, phenylpropanolamine, or 
    pseudoephedrine (including their salts, optical isomers, and salts 
    of optical isomers), review and amend its guidelines to provide for 
    increased penalties such that those penalties corresponded to the 
    quantity of controlled substance that could reasonably have been 
    manufactured using the quantity of ephedrine, phenylpropanolamine, 
    or pseudoephedrine possessed or distributed.
        (2) Conversion ratios.--For the purposes of the amendments made 
    by this subsection, the quantity of controlled substance that could 
    reasonably have been manufactured shall be determined by using a 
    table of manufacturing conversion ratios for ephedrine, 
    phenylpropanolamine, and pseudoephedrine, which table shall be 
    established by the Sentencing Commission based on scientific, law 
    enforcement, and other data the Sentencing Commission considers 
    appropriate.
    (c) Other List I Chemicals.--In carrying this section, the United 
States Sentencing Commission shall, with respect to each offense 
described in subsection (a) involving any list I chemical other than 
ephedrine, phenylpropanolamine, or pseudoephedrine, review and amend 
its guidelines to provide for increased penalties such that those 
penalties reflect the dangerous nature of such offenses, the need for 
aggressive law enforcement action to fight such offenses, and the 
extreme dangers associated with unlawful activity involving 
methamphetamine and amphetamine, including--
        (1) the rapidly growing incidence of controlled substance 
    manufacturing;
        (2) the extreme danger inherent in manufacturing controlled 
    substances;
        (3) the threat to public safety posed by manufacturing 
    controlled substances; and
        (4) the recent increase in the importation, possession, and 
    distribution of list I chemicals for the purpose of manufacturing 
    controlled substances.
    (d) Emergency Authority to Sentencing Commission.--The United 
States Sentencing Commission shall promulgate amendments pursuant to 
this section as soon as practicable after the date of the enactment of 
this Act in accordance with the procedure set forth in section 21(a) of 
the Sentencing Act of 1987 (Public Law 100-182), as though the 
authority under that Act had not expired.

SEC. 3652. MAIL ORDER REQUIREMENTS.

    Section 310(b)(3) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 
830(b)(3)) is amended--
        (1) by redesignating subparagraphs (A) and (B) as subparagraphs 
    (B) and (C), respectively;
        (2) by inserting before subparagraph (B), as so redesignated, 
    the following new subparagraph (A):
            ``(A) As used in this paragraph:
                ``(i) The term `drug product' means an active 
            ingredient in dosage form that has been approved or 
            otherwise may be lawfully marketed under the Food, Drug, 
            and Cosmetic Act for distribution in the United States.
                ``(ii) The term `valid prescription' means a 
            prescription which is issued for a legitimate medical 
            purpose by an individual practitioner licensed by law to 
            administer and prescribe the drugs concerned and acting in 
            the usual course of the practitioner's professional 
            practice.'';
        (3) in subparagraph (B), as so redesignated, by inserting ``or 
    who engages in an export transaction'' after ``nonregulated 
    person''; and
        (4) adding at the end the following:
            ``(D) Except as provided in subparagraph (E), the following 
        distributions to a nonregulated person, and the following 
        export transactions, shall not be subject to the reporting 
        requirement in subparagraph (B):
                ``(i) Distributions of sample packages of drug products 
            when such packages contain not more than two solid dosage 
            units or the equivalent of two dosage units in liquid form, 
            not to exceed 10 milliliters of liquid per package, and not 
            more than one package is distributed to an individual or 
            residential address in any 30-day period.
                ``(ii) Distributions of drug products by retail 
            distributors that may not include face-to-face transactions 
            to the extent that such distributions are consistent with 
            the activities authorized for a retail distributor as 
            specified in section 102(46).
                ``(iii) Distributions of drug products to a resident of 
            a long term care facility (as that term is defined in 
            regulations prescribed by the Attorney General) or 
            distributions of drug products to a long term care facility 
            for dispensing to or for use by a resident of that 
            facility.
                ``(iv) Distributions of drug products pursuant to a 
            valid prescription.
                ``(v) Exports which have been reported to the Attorney 
            General pursuant to section 1004 or 1018 or which are 
            subject to a waiver granted under section 1018(e)(2).
                ``(vi) Any quantity, method, or type of distribution or 
            any quantity, method, or type of distribution of a specific 
            listed chemical (including specific formulations or drug 
            products) or of a group of listed chemicals (including 
            specific formulations or drug products) which the Attorney 
            General has excluded by regulation from such reporting 
            requirement on the basis that such reporting is not 
            necessary for the enforcement of this title or title III.
            ``(E) The Attorney General may revoke any or all of the 
        exemptions listed in subparagraph (D) for an individual 
        regulated person if he finds that drug products distributed by 
        the regulated person are being used in violation of this title 
        or title III. The regulated person shall be notified of the 
        revocation, which will be effective upon receipt by the person 
        of such notice, as provided in section 1018(c)(1), and shall 
        have the right to an expedited hearing as provided in section 
        1018(c)(2).''.

SEC. 3653. THEFT AND TRANSPORTATION OF ANHYDROUS AMMONIA FOR PURPOSES 
              OF ILLICIT PRODUCTION OF CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES.

    (a) In General.--Part D of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 
841 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:


                           ``anhydrous ammonia

    ``Sec. 423. (a) It is unlawful for any person--
        ``(1) to steal anhydrous ammonia, or
        ``(2) to transport stolen anhydrous ammonia across State lines,
knowing, intending, or having reasonable cause to believe that such 
anhydrous ammonia will be used to manufacture a controlled substance in 
violation of this part.
    ``(b) Any person who violates subsection (a) shall be imprisoned or 
fined, or both, in accordance with section 403(d) as if such violation 
were a violation of a provision of section 403.''.
    (b) Clerical Amendment.--The table of contents for that Act is 
amended by inserting after the item relating to section 421 the 
following new items:

``Sec. 422. Drug paraphernalia.
``Sec. 423. Anhydrous ammonia.''.

    (c) Assistance for Certain Research.--
        (1) Agreement.--The Administrator of the Drug Enforcement 
    Administration shall seek to enter into an agreement with Iowa 
    State University in order to permit the University to continue and 
    expand its current research into the development of inert agents 
    that, when added to anhydrous ammonia, eliminate the usefulness of 
    anhydrous ammonia as an ingredient in the production of 
    methamphetamine.
        (2) Reimbursable provision of funds.--The agreement under 
    paragraph (1) may provide for the provision to Iowa State 
    University, on a reimbursable basis, of $500,000 for purposes the 
    activities specified in that paragraph.
        (3) Authorization of appropriations.--There is hereby 
    authorized to be appropriated for the Drug Enforcement 
    Administration for fiscal year 2000, $500,000 for purposes of 
    carrying out the agreement under this subsection.

           Subtitle C--Ecstasy Anti-Proliferation Act of 2000

SEC. 3661. SHORT TITLE.

    This subtitle may be cited as the ``Ecstasy Anti-Proliferation Act 
of 2000''.

 SEC. 3662. FINDINGS.

    Congress makes the following findings:
        (1) The illegal importation of 3,4-methylenedioxy 
    methamphetamine, commonly referred to as ``MDMA'' or ``Ecstasy'' 
    (referred to in this subtitle as ``Ecstasy''), has increased in 
    recent years, as evidenced by the fact that Ecstasy seizures by the 
    United States Customs Service have increased from less than 500,000 
    tablets during fiscal year 1997 to more than 9,000,000 tablets 
    during the first 9 months of fiscal year 2000.
        (2) Use of Ecstasy can cause long-lasting, and perhaps 
    permanent, damage to the serotonin system of the brain, which is 
    fundamental to the integration of information and emotion, and this 
    damage can cause long-term problems with learning and memory.
        (3) Due to the popularity and marketability of Ecstasy, there 
    are numerous Internet websites with information on the effects of 
    Ecstasy, the production of Ecstasy, and the locations of Ecstasy 
    use (often referred to as ``raves''). The availability of this 
    information targets the primary users of Ecstasy, who are most 
    often college students, young professionals, and other young people 
    from middle- to high-income families.
        (4) Greater emphasis needs to be placed on--
            (A) penalties associated with the manufacture, 
        distribution, and use of Ecstasy;
            (B) the education of young people on the negative health 
        effects of Ecstasy, since the reputation of Ecstasy as a 
        ``safe'' drug is the most dangerous component of Ecstasy;
            (C) the education of State and local law enforcement 
        agencies regarding the growing problem of Ecstasy trafficking 
        across the United States;
            (D) reducing the number of deaths caused by Ecstasy use and 
        the combined use of Ecstasy with other ``club'' drugs and 
        alcohol; and
            (E) adequate funding for research by the National Institute 
        on Drug Abuse to--
                (i) identify those most vulnerable to using Ecstasy and 
            develop science-based prevention approaches tailored to the 
            specific needs of individuals at high risk;
                (ii) understand how Ecstasy produces its toxic effects 
            and how to reverse neurotoxic damage;
                (iii) develop treatments, including new medications and 
            behavioral treatment approaches;
                (iv) better understand the effects that Ecstasy has on 
            the developing children and adolescents; and
                (v) translate research findings into useful tools and 
            ensure their effective dissemination.

SEC. 3663. ENHANCED PUNISHMENT OF ECSTASY TRAFFICKERS.

    (a) Amendment to Federal Sentencing Guidelines.--Pursuant to its 
authority under section 994(p) of title 28, United States Code, the 
United States Sentencing Commission (referred to in this section as the 
``Commission'') shall amend the Federal sentencing guidelines regarding 
any offense relating to the manufacture, importation, or exportation 
of, or trafficking in--
        (1) 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine;
        (2) 3,4-methylenedioxy amphetamine;
        (3) 3,4-methylenedioxy-N-ethylamphetamine;
        (4) paramethoxymethamphetamine (PMA); or
        (5) any other controlled substance, as determined by the 
    Commission in consultation with the Attorney General, that is 
    marketed as Ecstasy and that has either a chemical structure 
    substantially similar to that of 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine 
    or an effect on the central nervous system substantially similar to 
    or greater than that of 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine,
including an attempt or conspiracy to commit an offense described in 
paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), or (5) in violation of the Controlled 
Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.), the Controlled Substances 
Import and Export Act (21 U.S.C. 951 et seq.), or the Maritime Drug Law 
Enforcement Act (46 U.S.C. 1901 et seq.).
    (b) General Requirements.--In carrying out this section, the 
Commission shall, with respect to each offense described in subsection 
(a)--
        (1) review and amend the Federal sentencing guidelines to 
    provide for increased penalties such that those penalties reflect 
    the seriousness of these offenses and the need to deter them; and
        (2) take any other action the Commission considers to be 
    necessary to carry out this section.
    (c) Additional Requirements.--In carrying out this section, the 
Commission shall ensure that the Federal sentencing guidelines for 
offenders convicted of offenses described in subsection (a) reflect--
        (1) the need for aggressive law enforcement action with respect 
    to offenses involving the controlled substances described in 
    subsection (a); and
        (2) the dangers associated with unlawful activity involving 
    such substances, including--
            (A) the rapidly growing incidence of abuse of the 
        controlled substances described in subsection (a) and the 
        threat to public safety that such abuse poses;
            (B) the recent increase in the illegal importation of the 
        controlled substances described in subsection (a);
            (C) the young age at which children are beginning to use 
        the controlled substances described in subsection (a);
            (D) the fact that the controlled substances described in 
        subsection (a) are frequently marketed to youth;
            (E) the large number of doses per gram of the controlled 
        substances described in subsection (a); and
            (F) any other factor that the Commission determines to be 
        appropriate.
    (d) Sense of the Congress.--It is the sense of the Congress that--
        (1) the base offense levels for Ecstasy are too low, 
    particularly for high-level traffickers, and should be increased, 
    such that they are comparable to penalties for other drugs of 
    abuse; and
        (2) based on the fact that importation of Ecstasy has surged in 
    the past few years, the traffickers are targeting the Nation's 
    youth, and the use of Ecstasy among youth in the United States is 
    increasing even as other drug use among this population appears to 
    be leveling off, the base offense levels for importing and 
    trafficking the controlled substances described in subsection (a) 
    should be increased.
    (e) Report.--Not later than 60 days after the amendments pursuant 
to this section have been promulgated, the Commission shall--
        (1) prepare a report describing the factors and information 
    considered by the Commission in promulgating amendments pursuant to 
    this section; and
        (2) submit the report to--
            (A) the Committee on the Judiciary, the Committee on 
        Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions, and the Committee on 
        Appropriations of the Senate; and
            (B) the Committee on the Judiciary, the Committee on 
        Commerce, and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of 
        Representatives.

SEC. 3664. EMERGENCY AUTHORITY TO UNITED STATES SENTENCING COMMISSION.

    The United States Sentencing Commission shall promulgate amendments 
under this subtitle as soon as practicable after the date of the 
enactment of this Act in accordance with the procedure set forth in 
section 21(a) of the Sentencing Act of 1987 (Public Law 100-182), as 
though the authority under that Act had not expired.

SEC. 3665. EXPANSION OF ECSTASY AND CLUB DRUGS ABUSE PREVENTION 
              EFFORTS.

    (a) Public Health Service Act.--Part A of title V of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa et seq.), as amended by section 
3306, is further amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 506B. GRANTS FOR ECSTASY AND OTHER CLUB DRUGS ABUSE PREVENTION.

    ``(a) Authority.--The Administrator may make grants to, and enter 
into contracts and cooperative agreements with, public and nonprofit 
private entities to enable such entities--
        ``(1) to carry out school-based programs concerning the dangers 
    of the abuse of and addiction to 3,4-methylenedioxy 
    methamphetamine, related drugs, and other drugs commonly referred 
    to as `club drugs' using methods that are effective and science-
    based, including initiatives that give students the responsibility 
    to create their own anti-drug abuse education programs for their 
    schools; and
        ``(2) to carry out community-based abuse and addiction 
    prevention programs relating to 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine, 
    related drugs, and other club drugs that are effective and science-
    based.
    ``(b) Use of Funds.--Amounts made available under a grant, contract 
or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall be used for 
planning, establishing, or administering prevention programs relating 
to 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine, related drugs, and other club 
drugs.
    ``(c) Use of Funds.--
        ``(1) Discretionary functions.--Amounts provided to an entity 
    under this section may be used--
            ``(A) to carry out school-based programs that are focused 
        on those districts with high or increasing rates of abuse and 
        addiction to 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine, related drugs, 
        and other club drugs and targeted at populations that are most 
        at risk to start abusing these drugs;
            ``(B) to carry out community-based prevention programs that 
        are focused on those populations within the community that are 
        most at-risk for abuse of and addiction to 3,4-methylenedioxy 
        methamphetamine, related drugs, and other club drugs;
            ``(C) to assist local government entities to conduct 
        appropriate prevention activities relating to 3,4-
        methylenedioxy methamphetamine, related drugs, and other club 
        drugs;
            ``(D) to train and educate State and local law enforcement 
        officials, prevention and education officials, health 
        professionals, members of community anti-drug coalitions and 
        parents on the signs of abuse of and addiction to 3,4-
        methylenedioxy methamphetamine, related drugs, and other club 
        drugs and the options for treatment and prevention;
            ``(E) for planning, administration, and educational 
        activities related to the prevention of abuse of and addiction 
        to 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine, related drugs, and other 
        club drugs;
            ``(F) for the monitoring and evaluation of prevention 
        activities relating to 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine, 
        related drugs, and other club drugs and reporting and 
        disseminating resulting information to the public; and
            ``(G) for targeted pilot programs with evaluation 
        components to encourage innovation and experimentation with new 
        methodologies.
        ``(2) Priority.--The Administrator shall give priority in 
    awarding grants under this section to rural and urban areas that 
    are experiencing a high rate or rapid increases in abuse and 
    addiction to 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine, related drugs, and 
    other club drugs.
    ``(d) Allocation and Report.--
        ``(1) Prevention program allocation.--Not less than $500,000 of 
    the amount appropriated in each fiscal year to carry out this 
    section shall be made available to the Administrator, acting in 
    consultation with other Federal agencies, to support and conduct 
    periodic analyses and evaluations of effective prevention programs 
    for abuse of and addiction to 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine, 
    related drugs, and other club drugs and the development of 
    appropriate strategies for disseminating information about and 
    implementing such programs.
        ``(2) Report.--The Administrator shall annually prepare and 
    submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions, 
    the Committee on the Judiciary, and the Committee on Appropriations 
    of the Senate, and the Committee on Commerce, the Committee on the 
    Judiciary, and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of 
    Representatives, a report containing the results of the analyses 
    and evaluations conducted under paragraph (1).
    ``(e) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section--
        ``(1) $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2001; and
        ``(2) such sums as may be necessary for each succeeding fiscal 
    year.''.

                       Subtitle D--Miscellaneous

SEC. 3671. ANTIDRUG MESSAGES ON FEDERAL GOVERNMENT INTERNET WEBSITES.

    Not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, 
the head of each department, agency, and establishment of the Federal 
Government shall, in consultation with the Director of the Office of 
National Drug Control Policy, place antidrug messages on appropriate 
Internet websites controlled by such department, agency, or 
establishment which messages shall, where appropriate, contain an 
electronic hyperlink to the Internet website, if any, of the Office.

SEC. 3672. REIMBURSEMENT BY DRUG ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION OF EXPENSES 
              INCURRED TO REMEDIATE METHAMPHETAMINE LABORATORIES.

    (a) Reimbursement Authorized.--The Attorney General, acting through 
the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration, may reimburse 
States, units of local government, Indian tribal governments, other 
public entities, and multi-jurisdictional or regional consortia thereof 
for expenses incurred to clean up and safely dispose of substances 
associated with clandestine methamphetamine laboratories which may 
present a danger to public health or the environment.
    (b) Additional DEA Personnel.--From amounts appropriated or 
otherwise made available to carry out this section, the Attorney 
General may hire not more than five additional Drug Enforcement 
Administration personnel to administer this section.
    (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to the Attorney General to carry out this section 
$20,000,000 for fiscal year 2001.

SEC. 3673. SEVERABILITY.

    Any provision of this title held to be invalid or unenforceable by 
its terms, or as applied to any person or circumstance, shall be 
construed as to give the maximum effect permitted by law, unless such 
provision is held to be utterly invalid or unenforceable, in which 
event such provision shall be severed from this title and shall not 
affect the applicability of the remainder of this title, or of such 
provision, to other persons not similarly situated or to other, 
dissimilar circumstances.

                               Speaker of the House of Representatives.

                            Vice President of the United States and    
                                               President of the Senate.